Form 6-K
Table of Contents

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 6-K

 

 

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER

PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR 15d-16

UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the month of March 2015

 

 

LG Display Co., Ltd.

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

 

LG Twin Towers, 128 Yeoui-daero, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul 150-721, Republic of Korea

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

Form 20-F  x            Form 40-F  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):  ¨

Note: Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1) only permits the submission in paper of a Form 6-K if submitted solely to provide an attached annual report to security holders.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):  ¨

Note: Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7) only permits the submission in paper of a Form 6-K if submission to furnish a report or other document that the registration foreign private issuer must furnish and make public under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the registrant is incorporated, domiciled or legally organized (the registrant’s “home country”), or under the rules of the home country exchange on which the registrant’s securities are traded, as long as the report or other document is not a press release, is not required to be and has not been distributed to the registrant’s security holders, and if discussing a material event, has already been the subject of a Form 6-K submission or other Commission filing on EDGAR.

Indicate by check mark whether by furnishing the information contained in this Form, the registrant is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes  ¨            No   x

 

 

 


Table of Contents

ANNUAL REPORT

(From January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014)

THIS IS A TRANSLATION OF THE ANNUAL REPORT ORIGINALLY PREPARED IN KOREAN AND IS IN SUCH FORM AS REQUIRED BY THE KOREAN FINANCIAL SUPERVISORY COMMISSION.

IN THE TRANSLATION PROCESS, SOME PARTS OF THE REPORT WERE REFORMATTED, REARRANGED OR SUMMARIZED AND CERTAIN NUMBERS WERE ROUNDED FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF READERS. REFERENCES TO “Q1”, “Q2”, “Q3” and “Q4” OF A FISCAL YEAR ARE REFERENCES TO THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30 AND DECEMBER 31, RESPECTIVELY, OF SUCH FISCAL YEAR.

UNLESS EXPRESSLY STATED OTHERWISE, ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS PRESENTED ON A CONSOLIDATED BASIS IN ACCORDANCE WITH KOREAN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS, OR K-IFRS, WHICH DIFFER IN CERTAIN RESPECTS FROM GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES IN CERTAIN OTHER COUNTRIES, INCLUDING THE UNITED STATES. K-IFRS ALSO DIFFERS IN CERTAIN RESPECTS FROM THE INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS AS ISSUED BY THE INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS BOARD. WE HAVE MADE NO ATTEMPT TO IDENTIFY OR QUANTIFY THE IMPACT OF THESE DIFFERENCES IN THIS DOCUMENT.

Contents

 

1.

Company

  4   

A.

Name and contact information

  4   

B.

Domestic credit rating

  4   

C.

Capitalization

  5   

D.

Voting rights

  5   

E.

Dividends

  6   

2.

Business

  6   

A.

Business overview

  6   

B.

Industry

  7   

C.

New businesses

  8   

3.

Major Products and Raw Materials

  9   

A.

Major products

  9   

B.

Average selling price trend of major products

  9   

C.

Major raw materials

  10   

4.

Production and Equipment

  10   

A.

Production capacity and output

  10   

B.

Production performance and utilization ratio

  10   

C.

Investment plan

  11   

5.

Sales

  11   

A.

Sales performance

  11   

B.

Sales route and sales method

  11   

6.

Market Risks and Risk Management

  12   

A.

Market risks

  12   

B.

Risk management

  12   

7.

Derivative Contracts

  12   

A.

Currency risks

  12   

B.

Interest rate risks

  12   

 

2


Table of Contents

8.

Major Contracts

  13   

9.

Research & Development

  13   

A.

Summary of R&D-related expenditures

  13   

B.

R&D achievements

  13   

10.

Intellectual Property

  20   

11.

Environmental and Safety Matters

  20   

12.

Financial Information

  22   

A.

Financial highlights (Based on consolidated K-IFRS)

  22   

B.

Financial highlights (Based on separate K-IFRS)

  22   

C.

Consolidated subsidiaries

  23   

D.

Status of equity investment

  24   

13.

Audit Information

  24   

A.

Audit service

  24   

B.

Non-audit service

  25   

14.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  25   

A.

Risk relating to forward-looking statements

  25   

B.

Overview

  25   

C.

Financial condition and results of operation

  26   

15.

Board of Directors

  29   

A.

Members of the board of directors

  29   

B.

Committees of the board of directors

  30   

C.

Independence of directors

  30   

16.

Information Regarding Shares

  31   

A.

Total number of shares

  31   

B.

Shareholder list

  31   

17.

Directors and Employees

  31   

A.

Directors

  31   

B.

Employees

  32   

Attachment: 1. Financial Statements in accordance with K-IFRS

 

3


Table of Contents
1. Company

 

  A. Name and contact information

The name of our company is “EL-GI DISPLAY CHUSIK HOESA,” which shall be “LG Display Co., Ltd.” in English.

Our principal executive office is located at LG Twin Towers, 128 Yeoui-daero, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul 150-721, Republic of Korea, and our telephone number is +82-2-3777-1010. Our website address is http://www.lgdisplay.com.

 

  B. Domestic credit rating

 

Subject instrument

  

Month of rating

  

Credit rating (1)

 

Rating agency (Rating range)

Corporate bonds    February 2010    AA-   NICE Information Service Co., Ltd. (AAA ~ D)
   May 2010     
   December 2010     
   August 2011     
   June 2012     
   October 2012     
   March 2013     
   June 2013     
   October 2013     
  

 

 
April 2014 AA
September 2014
  

 

February 2010 AA- Korea Investors Service, Inc. (AAA ~ D)
May 2010
August 2010
February 2011
April 2011
August 2011
October 2011
June 2012
October 2012
June 2013
October 2013
  

 

 
March 2014 AA
  

 

August 2010 AA- Korea Ratings Corporation (AAA ~ D)
December 2010
February 2011
April 2011
July 2011
October 2011
June 2012
March 2013
June 2013
  

 

 
March 2014 AA
September 2014

 

4


Table of Contents
(1) Domestic credit ratings are generally defined to indicate the following:

 

Subject

instrument

  

Credit rating

  

Definition

   AAA    Strongest capacity for timely repayment.
   AA+/AA/AA-    Very strong capacity for timely repayment. This capacity may, nevertheless, be slightly inferior than is the case for the highest rating category
   A+/A/A-    Strong capacity for timely repayment. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher rating categories.
   BBB+/BBB/BBB-    Capacity for timely repayment is adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
Corporate bonds    BB+/BB/BB-    Capacity for timely repayment is currently adequate, but that there are some speculative characteristics that make the repayment uncertain over time.
   B+/B/B-    Lack of adequate capacity for repayment and speculative characteristics. Interest payment in time of unfavorable economic conditions is uncertain.
   CCC    Lack of capacity for even current repayment and high risk of default.
   CC    Greater uncertainties than higher ratings.
   C    High credit risk and lack of capacity for timely repayment.
   D    Insolvency.

 

  C. Capitalization

 

  (1) Change in capital stock (as of December 31, 2014)

There were no changes to our issued capital stock during the annual reporting period ended December 31, 2014.

 

  (2) Convertible bonds

Not applicable.

 

  D. Voting rights (as of December 31, 2014)

 

         (Unit: share)  

Description

  Number of shares  

A. Total number of shares issued: (1)

   Common shares (1)     357,815,700   
    

 

 

 
Preferred shares   —     
    

 

 

 

B. Shares without voting rights:

Common shares   —     
Preferred shares   —     

C. Shares subject to restrictions on voting rights pursuant to our articles of incorporation:

Common shares   —     
Preferred shares   —     

D. Shares subject to restrictions on voting rights pursuant to regulations:

Common shares   —     
Preferred shares   —     

E. Shares with restored voting rights:

Common shares   —     
Preferred shares   —     
    

 

 

 

Total number of issued shares with voting rights
(=A – B – C – D + E):

Common shares   357,815,700   
    

 

 

 
Preferred shares   —     
    

 

 

 

 

(1) Authorized: 500,000,000 shares

 

5


Table of Contents
  E. Dividends

Dividends for the three most recent fiscal years

 

Description (unit)

        2014     2013      2012  

Par value (Won)

        5,000        5,000         5,000   

Profit for the year (million Won) (1)

        904,268        426,118         233,204   

Earnings per share (Won) (2)

        2,527        1,191         652   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash dividend amount for the period (million Won)

  178,908      —        —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock dividend amount for the period (million Won)

  —        —        —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash dividend payout ratio (%)

  19.78   —        —     

Cash dividend yield (%) (3)

Common shares   1.47   —        —     
Preferred shares   —        —        —     

Stock dividend yield (%)

Common shares   —        —        —     
Preferred shares   —        —        —     

Cash dividend per share (Won)

Common shares   500      —        —     
Preferred shares   —        —        —     

Stock dividend per share (share)

Common shares   —        —        —     
Preferred shares   —        —        —     

 

(1) Based on profit for the year attributable to us as owners of the controlling company.
(2) Earnings per share is based on par value of ₩5,000 per share and is calculated by dividing net income by weighted average number of common shares.
(3) Cash dividend yield is the percentage that is derived by dividing cash dividend by the arithmetic average of the daily closing prices of our common shares during the one-week period ending two trading days prior to the closing of the register of shareholders for the purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to receive annual dividends.

 

2. Business

 

  A. Business overview

We were incorporated in February 1985 under the laws of the Republic of Korea. LG Electronics and LG Semicon transferred their respective LCD business to us in 1998, and since then, our business has been focused on the research, development, manufacture and sale of display panels, applying technologies such as TFT-LCD and OLED.

As of December 31, 2014, in Korea we operated TFT-LCD and OLED production facilities and a research center in Paju and TFT-LCD production facilities in Gumi. We have also established subsidiaries in the Americas, Europe and Asia.

As of December 31, 2014, our business consisted of the manufacture and sale of display and display related products utilizing TFT-LCD, OLED and other technologies under a single reporting business segment.

 

6


Table of Contents

2014 consolidated operating results highlights

 

     (Unit: In billions of Won)  

2014

   Display business  

Sales Revenue

     26,456   

Gross Profit

     3,788   

Operating Profit

     1,357   

 

  B. Industry

 

  (1) Industry characteristics and growth potential

 

    TFT-LCD display panels are one of the most widely used type of display panels in flat panel display products, and the entry barriers to manufacture TFT-LCD display panels are relatively high due to the technology and capital intensive nature of the mass manufacturing process that is required to achieve economies of scale, among other factors.

 

    While growth in the market for displays used in notebook computer, monitor and other traditional IT products has stagnated or declined, the market for displays used in smartphone and tablet products in the rapidly evolving IT environment has shown steady growth. The display market for televisions has also shown steady growth mainly due to growing demand from developing countries as well as from consumers in general for larger sized display panels. As for displays used in industrial, automobile and other value added products, we expect to see growth in these markets.

 

  (2) Cyclicality

 

    The display panel business is highly cyclical and sensitive to fluctuations in the general economy. The industry experiences periodic volatility caused by imbalances between supply and demand due to capacity expansion and changing production utilization rates within the industry.

 

    Macroeconomic factors and other causes of business cycles can affect the rate of growth in demand for display panels. Accordingly, if supply exceeds demand, average selling prices of display panels may decrease. Conversely, if growth in demand outpaces growth in supply, average selling prices may increase.

 

  (3) Market conditions

 

    Overall, while there have been some variations in rates of production capacity growth among individual display panel manufacturers, display panel manufacturers have generally slowed their respective rates of production capacity growth since 2011 due to a slowdown in growth of the display panel industry.

 

    Most display panel manufacturers are located in Asia.

 

  a. Korea: LG Display, Samsung Display, Hydis Technologies, etc.

 

  b. Taiwan: AU Optronics, Innolux, CPT, HannStar, etc.

 

  c. Japan: Japan Display, Sharp, Panasonic LCD, etc.

 

  d. China: BOE, CSOT, etc.

 

7


Table of Contents
  (4) Market shares

 

    Our worldwide market share of large-sized display panels (i.e., panels that are 9 inches or larger) based on revenue is as follows:

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Panels for Televisions (1)

     25.0     24.7     25.2

Panels for Monitors

     32.7     34.0     32.3

Panels for Notebook Computers (2)

     27.5     32.3     32.1

Panels for Tablet Computers

     27.0     32.0     40.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  26.9   27.8   28.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Source: DisplaySearch

 

(1) Includes panels for public displays.
(2) Includes panels for netbooks.

 

  (5) Competitiveness

 

    Our ability to compete successfully depends on factors both within and outside our control, including product pricing, our relationship with customers, timely investments, adaptable production capabilities, development of new and premium products through technological advances, competitive production costs, success in marketing to our end-brand customers, component and raw material supply costs, foreign exchange rates and general economic and industry conditions.

 

    In order to compete effectively, it is critical to be cost competitive and maintain stable and long-term relationships with customers which will enable us to be profitable even in a buyer’s market.

 

    A substantial portion of our sales is attributable to a limited number of end-brand customers and their designated system integrators. The loss of these end-brand customers, as a result of customers entering into strategic supplier arrangements with our competitors or otherwise, would result in reduced sales.

 

    Developing new products and technologies that can be differentiated from those of our competitors is critical to the success of our business. It is important that we take active measures to protect our intellectual property internationally by obtaining patents and undertaking monitoring activities in our major markets. It is also necessary to recruit and retain experienced key managerial personnel and skilled line operators.

 

    As a leading technology innovator in the display industry, we continue to focus on delivering differentiated value to our customers by developing various technologies and products, including display panels with IPS, Advanced In-cell Touch, OLED and other technologies. With respect to TFT-LCD panels, we are leading the market with our differentiated products with IPS technology, such as our slim and light ultra-high definition (“Ultra HD”) television panels and 21:9 screen aspect ratio curved monitors, and have prepared our production facilities to produce touch modules with Advanced In-cell Touch technology. With respect to OLED panels, following our supply of the world’s first 55-inch OLED 3D panels for televisions in January 2013, we have supplied curved Ultra HD OLED panels for televisions, curved plastic OLED panels for smartphones, round OLED panels for wearable devices among others and have shown that we are technologically a step ahead of the competition.

 

    Moreover, we entered into long-term sales contracts with major global firms to secure customers and expand partnerships for technology development.

 

  C. New businesses

For our continued growth, we are actively exploring and preparing for new business opportunities that may arise in the changing market environment. As such, we are continually reviewing and looking at opportunities in the display and promising new industries.

 

8


Table of Contents
3. Major Products and Raw Materials

 

  A. Major products

We manufacture TFT-LCD and OLED panels, of which a significant majority is exported overseas.

 

     (Unit: In billions of Won, except percentages)  

Business
area

  

Sales type

  

Items (Market)

  

Usage

  

Major
trademark

   Sales in 2014 (%)  

Display

   Product/ Service/ Other sales    Display panel (Overseas (1))   

Panels for notebook computers, monitors, televisions, smartphones, tablets, etc.

   LG Display      23,847 (90.1 %) 
      Display panel (Korea (1))   

Panels for notebook computers, monitors, televisions, smartphones, tablets, etc.

   LG Display      2,609 (9.9 %) 
              

 

 

 

Total

  26,456 (100.0 %) 
              

 

 

 

- Period: January 1, 2014 ~ December 31, 2014.

 

(1) Based on ship-to-party.

 

  B. Average selling price trend of major products

The average selling price of LCD panels per square meter of net display area shipped in the fourth quarter of 2014 increased by approximately 17% from the third quarter of 2014 largely as a result of an increase in demand for larger panels within each product category and an increase in the shipment of new small- to medium-sized products, which together resulted in an improvement in our product mix. There is no assurance that the average selling prices of LCD panels will not fluctuate in the future due to change in market conditions.

 

     (Unit: US$ / m2)  

Description

   2014 Q4      2014 Q3      2014 Q2      2014 Q1  

Display panel (1)(2)

     773         658         615         628   

 

(1) Quarterly average selling price per square meter of net display area shipped.
(2) Excludes semi-finished products in the cell process.

 

9


Table of Contents
  C. Major raw materials

Prices of major raw materials depend on fluctuations in supply and demand in the market as well as on change in size and quantity of raw materials due to the increased production of large-sized panels.

 

     (Unit: In billions of Won, except percentages)  

Business area

  

Purchase type

  

Items

  

Usage

   Cost (1)      Ratio (%)  

Display

   Raw materials    Glass   

Display panel manufacturing

     1,812         11.96
      Backlight         3,379         22.32
      Polarizer         2,506         16.55
      Others         7,446         49.17
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  15,143      100.0
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

- Period: January 1, 2014 ~ December 31, 2014.

 

(1) Based on total cost for purchase of raw materials which includes manufacturing and development costs, etc.

 

4. Production and Equipment

 

  A. Production capacity and output

 

  (1) Production capacity

The table below sets forth the production capacity of our Gumi, Paju and Guangzhou facilities in the periods indicated.

 

     (Unit: 1,000 glass sheets)  

Business area

  

Items

  

Location of facilities

   2014(1)      2013(1)      2012(1)  

Display

   Display panel   

Gumi, Paju, Guangzhou

     9,573         8,562         9,195   

 

(1) Calculated based on the maximum monthly input capacity (based on glass input substrate size for eighth generation glass sheets) during the year multiplied by the number of months in a year (i.e., 12 months).

 

  (2) Production output

The table below sets forth the production output of our Gumi, Paju and Guangzhou facilities in the periods indicated.

 

     (Unit: 1,000 glass sheets)  

Business area

  

Items

  

Location of facilities

   2014      2013      2012  

Display

   Display panel   

Gumi, Paju, Guangzhou

     8,425         7,670         7,853   

- Based on glass input substrate size for eighth generation glass sheets.

 

  B. Production performance and utilization ratio

 

     (Unit: Hours, except percentages)  

Production facilities

   Available working hours
in 2014
    Actual working hours in
2014
    Average utilization ratio  

Gumi

    

 

8,760

(365 days

(1) 

(2) 

   

 

8,744

(364.3 days

(1) 

(2) 

    99.8

Paju

    

 

8,760

(365 days

(1) 

(2) 

   

 

8,760

(365.0 days

(1) 

(2) 

    100.0

Guangzhou

    

 

5,952

(248 days

(1) 

(2) 

   

 

5,952

(248.0 days

(1) 

(2) 

    100.0

 

(1) Based on the assumption that all 24 hours in a day have been fully utilized.
(2) Number of days is calculated by averaging the number of working days for each facility.

 

10


Table of Contents
  C. Investment plan

In 2014, our total capital expenditures on a cash out basis was ₩3 trillion. In 2015, we currently expect that our total capital expenditures on a cash out basis will be similar to that of 2014 in anticipation of funding the production of future display products and leading the market for OLED panels, as well as investing in our production facilities to respond to increases in demand for large-sized panels. Such amount is subject to change depending on business conditions and market environment

 

5. Sales

 

  A. Sales performance

 

     (Unit: In billions of Won)  

Business area

  

Sales types

  

Items (Market)

   2014      2013      2012  
         Overseas (1)      23,847         24,341         27,280   

Display

   Products, etc.   

Display panel

   Korea (1)      2,609         2,692         2,150   
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total   26,456      27,033      29,430   
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Based on ship-to-party.

 

  B. Sales route and sales method

 

  (1) Sales organization

 

    As of December 31, 2014, each of our television, IT/mobile and OLED businesses had individual sales and customer support functions.

 

    Sales subsidiaries in the United States, Germany, Japan, Taiwan, China and Singapore perform sales activities and provide local technical support to customers.

 

  (2) Sales route

Sales of our products take place through one of the following two routes:

 

    LG Display HQ and overseas manufacturing subsidiaries g Overseas sales subsidiaries (USA/Germany/Japan/Taiwan/China/Singapore), etc. g System integrators and end-brand customers g End users

 

    LG Display HQ and overseas manufacturing subsidiaries g System integrators and end-brand customers g End users

 

  (3) Sales methods and sales terms

 

    Direct sales and sales through overseas subsidiaries, etc. Sales terms are subject to change depending on the fluctuation in the supply and demand of LCD panels.

 

  (4) Sales strategy

 

    As part of our sales strategy, we have secured stable sales to major personal computer manufacturers and leading consumer electronics manufacturers globally, strengthened sales of high-resolution, IPS, narrow bezel and other high-end display panels in the tablet, notebook computer and monitor markets, led the television market with our OLED and other market leading television panels and increased the proportion of sales of our differentiated television panels, such as our Ultra HD and large television panels, in our product mix.

 

    In the smartphone, industrial products (including aviation and medical equipment) and automobile displays segment, we have continued to build a strong and diversified business portfolio by expanding our business with customers with a global reach on the strength of our differentiated products applying IPS, plastic OLED, high-resolution and other technologies.

 

  (5) Purchase orders

 

    Customers generally place purchase orders with us one month prior to delivery. Our customary practice for procuring orders from our customers and delivering our products to such customers is as follows:

 

    Receive order from customer (overseas sales subsidiaries, etc.) g Headquarter is notified g Manufacture product g Ship product (overseas sales subsidiaries, etc.) g Sell product (overseas sales subsidiaries, etc.)

 

11


Table of Contents
6. Market Risks and Risk Management

 

  A. Market risks

The display industry continues to experience continued declines in the average selling prices of TFT-LCD and OLED panels irrespective of cyclical fluctuations in the industry, and our margins would be adversely impacted if prices decrease faster than we are able to reduce our costs.

The display industry is highly competitive. We have experienced pressure on the prices and margins of our major products due largely to additional industry capacity from panel manufacturers in Korea, Taiwan, China and Japan coupled with changes in the production mix of such manufacturers. Our main competitors in the industry include Samsung Display, AU Optronics, Innolux, Sharp, BOE, CSOT, Japan Display, CPT, HannStar, Panasonic LCD and Hydis Technologies.

Our ability to compete successfully depends on factors both within and outside our control, including product pricing, performance and reliability, timely investments, adaptable production capabilities, utilization of differentiated technologies in product development, success or failure of our end-brand customers in marketing their brands and products, component and raw material supply costs, and general economic and industry conditions. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to compete successfully with our competitors on these fronts and, as a result, we may be unable to sustain our current market position.

Our results of operations are subject to exchange rate fluctuations. To the extent that we incur costs in one currency and generate sales in a different currency, our profit margins may be affected by changes in the exchange rates between the two currencies. Our sales of display panels are denominated mainly in U.S. dollars, whereas our purchases of raw materials are denominated mainly in Korean Won, U.S. dollars and Japanese Yen. To ensure stable management, we take every precaution in our foreign currency risk management to minimize the risk of foreign currency fluctuations on our foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities.

 

  B. Risk management

As the average selling prices of TFT-LCD and OLED panels can continue to decline over time irrespective of industry-wide cyclical fluctuations, we may find it hard to manage risks associated with certain factors that are outside our control. However, we counteract such declines in average selling prices by increasing the proportion of high value added panels in our product mix while also implementing various cost reduction measures. In addition, in order to manage our risk against foreign currency fluctuations, we continually monitor our currency position and risk, and when needed, we may from time to time enter into cross-currency interest rate swap contracts and foreign currency forward contracts. As of December 31, 2014, we had not entered into any such contract for currency related derivative products.

 

7. Derivative Contracts

 

  A. Currency risks

 

    We are exposed to currency risks on sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated in currencies other than in Won, our functional currency. These currencies are primarily the U.S. dollar, the Japanese Yen and the Chinese Yuan.

 

    Interest on borrowings is denominated in the currency of the borrowing. Generally, borrowings are denominated in currencies that match the cash flows generated by our underlying operations, primarily in Won and the U.S. dollar.

 

    In respect of other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, we ensure that our net exposure is kept to an acceptable level by buying or selling foreign currencies at spot rates, when necessary, to address short-term imbalances.

 

  B. Interest rate risks

 

    Our exposure to interest rate risks relates primarily to our floating rate long term loan obligations. We have established and are managing interest rate risk policies to minimize uncertainty and costs associated with interest rate fluctuations by monitoring cyclical interest rate fluctuations and enacting countermeasures.

 

12


Table of Contents
8. Major contracts

Our material contracts, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, are set forth below:

 

Type of agreement

  

Name of party

  

Term

  

Content

Technology licensing agreement

  

Semiconductor

Energy Laboratory

   October 2005 ~    Patent licensing of LCD and OLED related technology
   Fergason Patent Properties    October 2007 ~    Patent licensing of LCD driving technology
   Hewlett-Packard    January 2011 ~    Patent licensing of semi-conductor device technology

Technology licensing/supply agreement

   Chunghwa Picture Tubes    November 2007 ~    Patent cross-licensing of LCD technology
   HannStar Display Corporation    November 2009 ~    Patent cross-licensing of LCD technology
   AU Optronics Corporation    August 2011~    Patent cross-licensing of LCD technology
   Innolux Corporation    July 2012 ~    Patent cross-licensing of LCD technology, etc.

 

9. Research & Development

 

  A. Summary of R&D-related expenditures

 

     (Unit: In millions of Won, except percentages)  

Items

        2014     2013     2012  

Material Cost

        762,008        586,901        494,422   

Labor Cost

        542,857        500,705        412,805   

Depreciation Expense

        249,306        319,854        259,467   

Others

        233,422        267,320        206,093   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total R&D-Related Expenditures

  1,787,593      1,674,780      1,372,787   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounting Treatment (1)

Selling & Administrative Expenses

  1,164,294      1,095,727      785,111   

Manufacturing Cost

  356,218      456,818      389,451   

Development Cost (Intangible Assets)

  267,081      122,235      198,225   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

R&D-Related Expenditures / Revenue Ratio
(Total R&D-Related Expenditures ÷ Revenue for the period × 100)

  6.8   6.2   4.7
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) For accounting purposes, R&D-related expenditures are recognized in accordance with our financial statements.

 

  B. R&D achievements

Achievements in 2012

 

  (1) Introduction of the world’s first 13.3-inch high definition plus (“HD+”) AH-IPS notebook product

 

    Development of the world’s first 13.3-inch HD+ model applying AH-IPS technology

 

  (2) Development and introduction of a 14.0-inch HD product with the world’s lowest (at the time) rate of logic circuit energy consumption (0.4W)

 

    Application of DRD Z-inversion, HVDD and low voltage process

 

    Application of high intensity LED (2.3cd) and Vcut light guiding plate

 

    Increase in battery life due to reduced logic circuit energy consumption

 

13


Table of Contents
  (3) Introduction of a 14.0-inch HD+ notebook product with a high color reproduction rate

 

    Development of a 14.0-inch HD+ 72% color reproduction rate model

 

    Development of a slim model applying 0.3 mm glass etching

 

  (4) Introduction of a 15.6-inch full high-definition (“FHD”) glasses-free 3D notebook product

 

    Development of the first notebook product applying switchable barrier type 3D technology that does not require the use of glasses

 

  (5) Development of the world’s first 23-inch FHD monitor product applying AH-IPS 4Mask technology

 

    Increased display panel luminance by application of AH-IPS technology (20% more luminance compared to display panels applying conventional IPS technology)

 

    Simplified panel production process by application of AH-IPS 4Mask technology

 

    30% reduction in energy consumption resulting from increased efficiency of LED and circuit components

 

    Increased productivity in the manufacture of circuit and mechanical components resulting from increased standardization

 

  (6) Development of TN monitor products (20-inch HD+, 21.5-inch FHD and 23-inch FHD) applying new LED

 

    20% reduction in energy consumption resulting from increased efficiency of LED and circuit components (based on 23W power consumption models)

 

    Increased productivity in the manufacture of circuit and mechanical components resulting from increased standardization

 

  (7) Development of products with new edge backlight unit (32-inch, 37-inch and 42-inch FHD)

 

    Vertical 2Bar LED backlight unit g Vertical 1Bar LED backlight unit

 

    Reduced energy consumption by 25% resulting from a reduction in the number of LED integrated (based on 32-inch display panel)

 

  (8) Development of 42-inch FHD product with new direct backlight unit

 

    Development of LED Lens through the improvement of LED Beam spread angle (72ea based on 42-inch display panel)

 

    Same thickness as conventional edge LED lighting lamp (35.5 mm)

 

  (9) Development of products with the world’s narrowest bezels of 3.5 mm (47-inch and 55-inch FHD)

 

    Narrow set design possible using 3.5 mm bezel

 

  (10) Development of the world’s first panel products without borders on three sides (32-inch, 42-inch, 47-inch and 55-inch FHD)

 

    Made possible by removing the forward-facing case top, resulting in “zero” bezel on three sides

 

  (11) Development of monitor products without borders on three sides (21.5-inch, 23-inch and 27-inch FHD)

 

    Made possible by removing the forward-facing case top, resulting in “zero” bezel on three sides, and application of double-sided adhesive to secure the position of the panel and backlight

 

    Used double guide panels to reduce light leakage issues in IPS panels

 

  (12) Development of 12.5-inch HD AH-IPS slim and light notebook display panels

 

    Achieved thickness of 2.85t

 

    Reduced the number of LEDs required by using high intensity LEDs (2.5cd)

 

  (13) The world’s first GF2 Touch Tablet Product Development (10.1WXGA LCM + Touch)

 

    Touch Concept: GF2, Touch IC In-House

 

    Reduced cost by applying TMIC

 

    Reduced power consumption by applying 6 in 1 (Buck version) PMIC

 

    Reduced cost and power consumption by applying AH-IPS + DRD-Z

 

    Reduced cost by applying Taper LGP

 

14


Table of Contents
  (14) Development of Automotive 9.2WV product that applies wide temperature AH5-IPS technology

 

    For use in Center Information Displays and Rear Seat Entertainment Displays mounted on a mass produced passenger car

 

    Wide temperature materials/components used and AH5-IPS technology applied

 

  (15) Application and introduction of the world’s first large multi-model on a glass (“MMG”) type product (60-inch FHD and 32-inch HD)

 

    Increased glass efficiency by successfully applying large MMG technology for the first time in the industry

 

    Developed three sided and six sided chamfers for eighth generation 60-inch FHD panels and 32-inch HD panels, respectively

 

  (16) Development of the world’s first 84-inch Ultra HD display panel product

 

    a-Si based 1G 1D Ultra HD panel with steady charging

 

    Developed extra-large edge LED with rigid heat resistant structure

 

  (17) Development of 2000 nit bright public display panel for outdoor use (47-inch FHD)

 

    Use of optimal-temperature panel prevents any blackening effect when exposed to direct sunlight

 

    Use of quarter-wave plate (applying FPR technology) allows viewers wearing polarized sunglasses to view the public display panel with ease

 

    Applied heat resistant structure without heat sink

 

    Improved bright room contrast ratio by applying Shine Out ARC POL technology

 

  (18) Development of seam (AtA) 5.6 mm super-narrow bezel (“SNB”) public display panel (55-inch FHD)

 

    Bezel thickness minimized (2.9 mm for pad, 1.6 mm for non-pad)

 

    Developed SNB structure technology

 

  (19) Development of 47-inch and 55-inch display panel products applying vertical 1Bar structure

 

    Our first 47-inch and 55-inch display panel products applying vertical 1Bar LED backlight units

 

    Reduced number of LEDs needed, resulting in reduced energy consumption (for example, energy consumption for the 47-inch display panel was reduced from 65.5W to 55.8W)

 

  (20) Development of the world’s first 29-inch 21:9 ratio three-side borderless monitor product

 

    Made possible by removing the forward-facing case top, resulting in “zero” bezel on three sides

 

    Double-sided adhesive used to secure the position of the panel and backlight

 

    Double guide panels used to resolve light leakage issues in IPS panels

 

  (21) Development of the world’s first 12.9-inch high-resolution slim AH-IPS display panel

 

    Ultra-high resolution WQSXGA+ (239 PPI)

 

    Achieved 400 nit brightness by improving panel luminance and applying high intensity LED PKG and new 1Bar structure

 

    Developed 2.95 mm slim model through glass etching and application of rigid PCB

 

  (22) Development of the world’s first ultra-slim all-in-one product applying G2 Touch technology (4.67WXGA)

 

    320 PPI high resolution AH-IPS display panel

 

    Ultra-slim LCM by applying G2 Touch and OCR Direct Bonding technologies

 

  (23) Development of the world’s first TV product applying DRD technology (32-inch, 37-inch HD)

 

    Simplified circuit structure for HD TV by applying DRD technology (source driver integrated circuits (“D-IC”) reduced from 4ea g 2ea)

 

  (24) Development of customer co-designed TV (32-inch to 55-inch FHD)

 

    Co-designed TV model that integrates LCM and the front cover in a single body

 

    Differentiated set bezel design

 

15


Table of Contents
  (25) Development of the world’s first borderless TV product with 7.8 mm bezel (47-inch FHD)

 

    Borderless on the top and left/right sides with a borderless like bottom design

 

  (26) Development of the world’s largest, at the time, 55-inch FHD OLED TV product

 

    Utilizes WRGB OLED technology with a thickness of 4.45 mm

 

  (27) Development of the first touch notebook product with direct bonding of touch screen module (“TSM”) (12.5-inch FHD)

 

    Applied direct bonding between LCM and TSM to reduce thickness (4.8 mm)

 

    Direct bonding multi-sourcing in response to customer demand

 

  (28) Development of 23.8-inch desktop monitor product

 

    Developed new display panel size for desktop monitor products

 

    Narrower bezels (8 mm for the top and left/right sides) compared to conventional bezels

 

  (29) Development of the world’s first clear borderless (borderless on all four sides) monitor product (27-inch FHD)

 

    Applied Narrow Bezel Vertical LED Structure technology by changing the LED backlight structure

 

    Developed even black matrix structure on all four sides

Achievements in 2013

 

  (1) Developed 19.5-inch desktop monitor product

 

    Developed new display panel size for desktop monitor products

 

    Increased yield of glass panel area per glass substrate by cutting glass substrates at 19.5 inches

 

  (2) Developed 11.6-inch Tab Book product applying GF2 touch technology

 

    Applied GF2 direct bonding process

 

  (3) Developed 5.0-inch and 5.5-inch high resolution (over 400 PPI) smartphone products applying AH-IPS technology

 

    Luminance increased by 10% compared to conventional panels (5.0-inch FHD panel has 403 PPI and 5.5-inch FHD panel has 440 PPI)

 

    Developed new source D-IC to drive 4 lanes of MIPI with speeds of up to 1 Gbps per lane

 

  (4) Developed the world’s first 60-inch three-side borderless product

 

    Made possible by removing the forward-facing case top, resulting in “zero” bezel on three sides with a borderless like bottom design

 

  (5) Developed the world’s first 47-inch and 55-inch FHD TV product with 2.3 mm narrow bezels

 

    Achieved optimal slim design by minimizing bezel width to 2.3 mm

 

  (6) Developed 55-inch and 65-inch Ultra HD products with narrow bezels

 

    Ultra HD (55-inch model has 80 PPI and 65-inch model has 68 PPI)

 

    Achieved high transmittance panel by applying 1 Gate 1 Data structure

 

    Achieved narrow bezels (55-inch model has 6.9 mm and 65-inch has 7.5 mm) by optimizing panel and mechanical design

 

  (7) Developed 42-inch, 47-inch and 55-inch FHD three-side borderless products with direct backlight units

 

    Borderless design made possible by removing the forward-facing case top, resulting in “zero” bezel on three sides

 

  (8) Developed 5-inch HD smartphone product utilizing oxide cell technology

 

    Reduced energy consumption and achieved narrower bezels by using indium gallium zinc oxide (IGZO) cell technology (energy consumption reduced by 26.7% and bezel size reduced by 23.0% compared to products utilizing conventional silicon (a-Si) cell technology)

 

  (9) Developed FHD a-Si AH-IPS technology for use in smartphone products (more than 400 PPI)

 

    Improved structure and technology compared to conventional FHD panels (luminance increased by 30%, achieved 443 PPI in 5.0-inch FHD panel)

 

    Developed new D-IC and IC bonding materials and processes

 

16


Table of Contents
  (10) Developed new line of 19.5-inch HD+ monitor products with IPS technology

 

    Developed new line of display panels for desktop monitor products

 

    Increased yield of glass panel area per glass substrate by cutting glass substrates at 19.5 inches

 

  (11) Developed 19.5-inch HD+ ultra-light monitor product

 

    The world’s lightest (at the time) 19.5-inch HD+ IPS monitor product with slim concept design

 

    Reduced weight by 55% from 1520g to 830g and thickness from 7.6t to 5.4t compared to a conventional 19.5-inch HD+ IPS monitor product

 

  (12) Developed the world’s first borderless monitor product with 3.5 mm narrow bezel (23.8-inch FHD)

 

    Developed 23.8-inch FHD Neo Blade1 monitor product with the world’s narrowest (at the time) bezel (3.5 mm)

 

  (13) Introduced 9.2-inch WXGA high resolution / high luminance automotive display product

 

    The first automotive display product to apply EPI interface (800Mbps high speed transmission with Real 8it)

 

    High luminance (800 nit) and high color gamut (70%)

 

    Developed T-con with improved reliability and resolution

 

  (14) Developed 49-inch FHD four sided borderless like product

 

    Achieved narrow borders by applying 4.9 mm GIP technology and developed a new PSJ mechanical structure

 

    Developed new resin technology to apply to the bottom base decoration

 

  (15) Developed 55-inch FHD wide color gamut (“WCG”) LCM product

 

    Achieved life like colors with WCG by combining panel and optical technologies

 

    Developed differentiated case top set design

 

  (16) Developed our first 60-inch FHD product

 

    Achieved narrow panel bezel size (7.8 mm)

 

    New size in our product lineup

 

  (17) Developed the world’s first 23.8-inch Ultra HD monitor product

 

    The world’s first Ultra HD AH-IPS monitor product (23.8-inch Ultra HD: 185 ppi)

 

    Applied PAC panel technology and developed Ultra HD T-con/D-IC driver

 

    Developed high luminance dual LED array structure

 

  (18) Expanded product lineup of 21:9 screen aspect ratio monitors

 

    Expanded product lineup of 21:9 screen aspect ratio monitors to include 25-inch, 29-inch and 34-inch monitors

 

    Borderless on three sides by removing case top

 

  (19) Developed the world’s first 13.3-inch FHD notebook model with 1.9 mm narrow bezel

 

    Development slim notebook design by utilizing panel GLA structure and minimizing bezel size to 1.9 mm

 

    Achieved slim (3.0 mm) and ultra-light (230 g) LCM by utilizing 0.25 mm glass PPP LGP technology

 

  (20) Developed our first quad HD (“QHD”) notebook model (13.3-inch, 222 ppi / 14.0-inch / 210 ppi)

 

    Increased transmittance rate by utilizing 3rd metal, coop CS, red eye 12 um technology and improving aperture ratio

 

    Achieved slim (2.6 mm) and ultra-light (235 g) LCM by utilizing 0.3 mm glass PPP LGP technology

 

  (21) Introduced product applying PPP LGP to maximize light collimation

 

    Developed PPP technology for light collimation (improved luminance by 44% compared to conventional panels) for a more energy efficient panel model

 

    Used 2 sheet structure to reduce thickness

 

17


Table of Contents
  (22) Developed 12.3-inch FHD full cluster automotive product

 

    The world’s first full cluster product to apply IPS technology

 

    Ultra-high luminance (800 nit) and high color gamut (85%). High color PR and developed RG LED for high light collimation

 

    Applied the highest resolution (1920 x 720), at the time, for clusters

 

  (23) Developed 5.5-inch QHD LTPS smartphone panel applying AH-IPS technology with the worlds’ highest resolution, at the time, for smartphone panels (more than 500 ppi)

 

    Designed and developed QHD, the world’s highest resolution, at the time, for smartphone panels (538 ppi)

 

    The world’s first QHD module applying 1 chip D-IC driver

Achievements in 2014

 

  (1) Developed the world’s first green plus structure television panel products (42-inch, 49-inch and 55-inch Ultra HD)

 

    Added white pixels to increase transmittance by 55% compared to conventional display panels

 

    Developed energy conservation technology for Ultra HD products

 

  (2) Developed the world’s narrowest, at the time, bezel (BtB 3.5 mm) videowall product (55-inch FHD)

 

    The world’s narrowest, at the time, bezel (BtB 3.5 mm) videowall product

 

    Reduced panel PAD parts and minimized bezel size

 

  (3) Developed our first 79-inch Ultra HD product

 

    New size in our product lineup

 

    Achieved narrow bezel (On 9.9 mm) and slim depth (13.9 mm)

 

  (4) Developed the world’s first 4 sided borderless like product (49-inch, 55-inch and 60-inch FHD)

 

    Removed front case top and narrowed gap between the panel and front deco cabinet (set side reduced from 2.0 mm to 0.5 mm)

 

  (5) Developed the world’s first a-Si AF-IPS 5Mask panel product for smartphones (5.0 WVGA)

 

    Reduced production cost and simplified manufacturing process by reducing the number of mask steps from 6 to 5

 

    Same level of performance as 6Mask panels

 

  (6) Developed the world’s first LTPS AH-IPS photo alignment and negative LC panel product for smartphones (5.0-inch FHD)

 

    LTPS AH-IPS photo alignment and negative LC panel product for smartphones developed in March 2014

 

    Improved luminance and contrast ratio through improvement in panel transmittance (450 nit to 515 nit; 1,000:1 to 1500:1).

 

  (7) Developed the world’s first 23.8-inch FHD ultra slim and light monitor product

 

    Achieved ultra-light design (reduced LCM weight from 2,270g to 1,280g compared to conventional LCMs)

 

    Achieved ultra slim design by using slim component parts (7.6t reduced to 5.5t)

 

  (8) Developed LTPS AH-IPS QHD smartphone product (5.5-inch QHD, 538 ppi, LG Electronics’ G3 model smartphone)

 

    LTPS AH-IPS QHD smartphone product developed in April 2014

 

    Width of panel bezel: 0.95 mm (L/R); luminance: 500 nit; G1F Touch Direct Bonded LCM

 

  (9) Developed our first curved Ultra HD product (65-inch and 55-inch Ultra HD)

 

    The curved LCM retains the same panel transmissivity as a conventional flat LCM through application of BM-less COT structure with a double pigment lamination

 

    Realized curved LCM technology by applying Frame (Horizontal / Vertical / Center) Structure and Curved C/T & Guide Panel Technologies

 

18


Table of Contents
  (10) Developed the world’s first 6-inch plastic OLED product

 

    Developed the world’s first curved display with a curvature radius (“R”) of 700

 

    Precursor to the development of future bendable, foldable and rollable display products

 

  (11) Developed the world’s first 34-inch curved monitor product (3,800R)

 

    Launched the world’s first blade type 21:9 screen aspect ratio 34-inch wide QHD 3,800R curved monitor product and created a new market and standard for curved monitor products

 

    Achieved curvature of 3,800R by using annealing process and setting up assembly equipment utilizing 0.4t glass for curved panels and pol edge type curved backlight

 

  (12) Developed the world’s first AH-IPS FHD GIP/DRD product (15.6-inch notebook product)

 

    The world’s first AH-IPS FHD (more than 142 ppi) GIP/DRD product developed in September 2014

 

    Increased cost competitiveness by developing GIP/DRD technology

 

  (13) Developed the world’s first Advanced In-cell Touch LTPS smartphone product (4.5-inch HD product)

 

    Completed development of an AH-IPS LTPS product applying LG Display’s own in-cell touch technology, which utilizes the AH-IPS Vcom electrodes in an all point sensing self-capacitive manner in July 2014 (450 nit luminance; L/R panel bezel of 1.00 mm; module thickness of 2.28 mm)

 

    Simplified SCM and provided a cost competitive and differentiated valued product with touch functionality

 

  (14) Developed the world’s first Advanced In-cell Touch a-Si smartphone product (4.5-inch WVGA product)

 

    Completed development of an AH-IPS a-Si product applying LG Display’s own in-cell touch technology, which utilizes the AH-IPS Vcom electrodes in an all point sensing self-capacitive manner in August 2014 (450 nit luminance; L/R panel bezel of 1.35 mm; module thickness of 2.6 mm)

 

    Simplified SCM and provided a cost competitive and differentiated valued product with touch functionality

 

  (15) Developed the world’s first Ultra HD+ curved (6,000R) product (105-inch Ultra HD)

 

    The world’s first large 105-inch 21:9 screen aspect ratio Ultra HD curved (6,000R) display product

 

  (16) Developed our first 98-inch Ultra HD product

 

    Our new line of 98-inch Ultra HD products

 

    Achieved ultra-high definition through utilizing the direct BLU local dimming and FCIC circuit compensation algorithm.

 

  (17) Developed four sided product with even bezels (5.9 mm) for commercial use (42-inch, 49-inch and 55-inch FHD product)

 

    Developed our first 4 sided even bezel product (off bezel: 5.9 mm)

 

    Reduced panel PAD and lower bezel thickness

 

    Improved PAC transmittance and after image reliability

 

  (18) Developed our first 60-inch Ultra HD product

 

    Our new line of 60-inch Ultra HD products

 

    Achieved narrow panel bezel of 7.8 mm

 

  (19) Developed the world’s first circular plastic OLED product (1.3 F)

 

    Developed the world’s first circular plastic OLED product in September 2014

 

    Developed ultrathin display module of 559 um (without cover window)

 

    Lowered power consumption by developing Power Save Mode algorithm

 

    Display can be turned on without powering the P-IC

 

  (20) Developed the world’s first four sided borderless OLED television product (55-inch)

 

    Product developed using the world’s first four sided borderless technology utilizing reverse tab bonding manufacturing process in September 2014

 

19


Table of Contents
  (21) Developed the world’s first ultra-slim OLED television products (49-inch, 55-inch and 65-inch Ultra HD)

 

    Achieved LCM thickness of 7.5 mm

 

    Reduced thickness by combining exterior set with LCM parts (B/cover, M/cabinet)

 

  (22) Developed the world’s first 1:1 screen aspect ratio New Platform Monitor (26.5-inch; 1920 x 1920 resolution)

 

    Creation of new market through the development of new 1:1 screen aspect ratio platform display

 

    Development of high resolution display with four sided even bezels (on bezel: 8 mm)

 

  (23) Development of 14-inch FHD notebook product with three sided even bezels (3.9 mm)

 

    World’s first notebook panel with three sided narrow bezels (top and side bezels: 3.9 mm)

 

    Reduced GIP area by 50% compared to conventional GIP area

 

  (24) Development of 12.3-inch new display size UXGA tablet product

 

    Developed new display panel size for tablet products: 12.3-inch UXGA (4:3 screen aspect ratio)

 

    Increased yield of glass panel area per glass substrate by cutting glass substrates at 12.3 inches

 

10. Intellectual Property

As of December 31, 2014, our cumulative patent portfolio (including patents that have already expired) included a total of 26,518 patents, consisting of 13,164 in Korea and 13,354 in other countries.

 

11. Environmental and Safety Matters

We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations, and we may be subject to fines or restrictions that could cause our operations to be interrupted. Our manufacturing processes generate worksite waste, including water and air pollutants, at various stages in the manufacturing process, and we are subject to relevant laws and regulations in each area of the environment, including with respect to the treatment of chemical by-products. We have installed various types of anti-pollution equipment, consistent with environmental standards, for the treatment of chemical waste and equipment for the recycling of treated waste water at our various facilities. However, we cannot provide assurance that environmental claims will not be brought against us or that the local or national governments will not take steps toward adopting more stringent environmental standards. Any failure on our part to comply with any present or future environmental regulations could result in the assessment of damages or imposition of fines against us, suspension of production or a cessation of operations. In addition, environmental regulations could require us to acquire costly equipment or to incur other significant compliance expenses that may materially and negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

In accordance with the Framework Act on Low Carbon, Green Growth, we implemented the greenhouse gas emission and energy consumption target system from 2012 to 2014. Starting from 2015, we plan on implementing the greenhouse gas trading system, under which we will be responsible to meet our emission targets based on the emission credits allocated to us by the Ministry of Environment of the Korean government. As a result, we may need to invest in additional equipment and there may be other costs associated with meeting reduction targets, which may have a negative effect on our profitability or production activities. As a designated company subject to greenhouse gas emission targets under the Framework Act on Low Carbon, Green Growth, if we fail to meet a reduction target and are unable to comply with the government’s subsequent enforcement notice relating to such failure, we may be subject to fines. Furthermore, as a designated company subject to the Act on Allocation and Trading of Greenhouse Gas Emissions, if do not have enough emission credits, we may be required to purchase additional credits or be subject to fines.

In connection with the greenhouse gas emission and energy reduction target system, we submitted a statement of our domestic emissions and energy usage for the 2013 to the Korean government (i.e., the Ministry of Environment and the Ministry of Trade, Industry & Energy) in March 2014 after it was certified by Lloyd’s Register Quality Assurance, a government-designated certification agency. The table below sets forth yearly levels of our greenhouse gases emissions and energy usage in the statement submitted to the Korean government:

 

(Unit: thousand tonnes of CO2 equivalent; Tetra Joules)  

Category

   2013      2012      2011  

Greenhouse gases

     6,922         6,161         5,928   

Energy

     61,092         61,169         53,223   

 

20


Table of Contents

Operations at our manufacturing plants are subject to regulation and periodic scheduled and unscheduled on-site inspections by the Ministry of Environment and local environmental protection authorities. We believe that we have adopted adequate anti-pollution measures and have minimized our impact on the environment by improving existing and developing new technologies for the effective maintenance of environmental protection standards consistent with local industry practice. In addition, we have continually monitored, and we believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with, the applicable environmental laws and regulations in Korea. Expenditures related to such compliance may be substantial. Such expenditures are generally included in capital expenditures. As required by Korean law, we employ licensed environmental specialists to manage our air pollution, toxic materials and waste water. In February 2013, to reduce costs and ensure safe water quality, we entered into a contract with a specialist company to operate our waste water treatment facilities. We currently have ISO 14001 certifications with respect to the environmental record for P1 through P98, our OLED production facility in Gumi, Korea, our Gumi module production plant and our Paju module production plant, as well as our module production plants in Nanjing, Yantai and Guangzhou, China.

In addition, with respect to P1 through P98 and our module production plants in Gumi and Paju, we received certification from BSI Group Korea in November 2011 and ISO 5001 certification in December 2013 for our green management system. In August 2014, GP1, our newest eighth-generation panel fabrication facility located in Guangzhou, China, was the first electronics plant in China to receive the “Green Plant” designation under China’s Green China Policy, in addition to receiving ISO 50001, ISO 14001, OHSAS 18001, ISO 9001, GB/T 26125, PAS 2050 and ISO 14064-1 certifications. Furthermore, with respect to our production facilities in Gumi, we have been certified by the Ministry of Environment as a “Green Company” for P1 and our Gumi module production plant since 1997, P2 and P3 since 2006 and P4, P5 and P6 since 2008. Also, we received certification to self-inspect designated waste products with respect to our Paju plant by the Ministry of Environment in 2011, which was recertified in 2013. In addition, in recognition of our efforts to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, we were awarded a commendation from the Minster of Environment in the efforts against climate change category in the 2013 Green Management Awards, which was jointly hosted by the Ministry of Environment and the Ministry of Trade, Industry & Energy. In recognition of our efforts to improve recycling and reduce waste, we received a citation for being a leading recycling company by the Prime Minister of Korea.

We also have an internal monitoring system to control the use of hazardous substances in the manufacture of our products as we are committed to compliance with all applicable environmental laws and regulations, including European Union Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Directive 2011/65/EU, and restricts the use of certain hazardous substances in the manufacture of electrical and electronic equipment.

In addition, as part of our commitment to use environment-friendly raw materials, we have implemented a green purchasing system that prevents the introduction of hazardous materials at the purchasing stage. The green purchasing system has been a key component in our efforts to comply with RoHS and other applicable environmental laws and regulation.

In October 2005, we became the first display panel company to receive accreditation as an International Accredited Testing Laboratory by the Korea Laboratory Accreditation Scheme, which is operated by the Korean Ministry of Trade, Industry & Energy. In September 2006, we received international accreditation from TUV SUD, EU’s German accreditation agency, as a RoHS testing laboratory. Our efforts to keep pace with the increasingly stringent accreditation standards and to receive and maintain such accreditations are part of our on-going efforts to systematically monitor environmentally controlled substances in our component parts inventory. Moreover, we participated in reforming IEC 62321, an international testing standard published by the International Electrotechnical Commission and used by RoHS, and the commission adopted our halogen-free combustion ion chromatography method in as IEC 62321-3-2, which was published in June 2013.

In February 2015, we were issued a corrective order and assessed a fine of ₩276 million, which we subsequently followed and paid, respectively, for violating the Occupational Health and Safety Act in connection with an accidental nitrogen gas exposure at one of our production facilities in Paju, Korea in January 2015. To prevent such accidents happening again in the future, we have strengthened our safety standards and management and employee education.

 

21


Table of Contents
12. Financial Information

 

  A. Financial highlights (Based on consolidated K-IFRS)

 

(Unit: In millions of Won)  

Description

   As of December 31, 2014      As of December 31, 2013      As of December 31, 2012  

Current assets

     9,240,629         7,731,788         8,914,685   

Quick assets

     6,486,531         5,798,547         6,524,678   

Inventories

     2,754,098         1,933,241         2,390,007   

Non-current assets

     13,726,394         13,983,496         15,540,826   

Investments in equity accounted investees

     407,644         406,536         402,158   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     11,402,866         11,808,334         13,107,511   

Intangible assets

     576,670         468,185         497,602   

Other non-current assets

     1,339,214         1,300,441         1,533,555   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

  22,967,023      21,715,284      24,455,511   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current liabilities

  7,549,556      6,788,919      9,206,158   

Non-current liabilities

  3,634,057      4,128,945      5,009,173   

Total liabilities

  11,183,613      10,917,864      14,215,331   

Share capital

  1,789,079      1,789,079      1,789,079   

Share premium

  2,251,113      2,251,113      2,251,113   

Reserves

  (63,843   (91,674   (69,370

Retained earnings

  7,455,063      6,662,655      6,238,989   

Non-controlling interest

  351,998      186,247      30,369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

  11,783,410      10,797,420      10,240,180   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(Unit: In millions of Won, except for per share data and number of consolidated entities)  

Description

   For the year ended
December 31, 2014
     For the year ended
December 31, 2013
     For the year ended
December 31, 2012
 

Revenue

     26,455,529         27,033,035         29,429,668   

Operating profit

     1,357,255         1,163,314         912,368   

Operating profit from continuing operations

     917,404         418,973         236,345   

Profit for the period

     917,404         418,973         236,345   

Profit (loss) attributable to:

        

Owners of the Company

     904,268         426,118         233,204   

Non-controlling interest

     13,136         (7,145      3,141   

Basic earnings per share

     2,527         1,191         652   

Diluted earnings per share

     2,527         1,191         652   

Number of consolidated entities

     18         18         20   

 

  B. Financial highlights (Based on separate K-IFRS)

 

(Unit: In millions of Won)  

Description

   As of December 31, 2014      As of December 31, 2013      As of December 31, 2012  

Current assets

     8,291,088         6,877,367         8,432,253   

Quick assets

     6,244,413         5,290,725         6,484,308   

Inventories

     2,046,675         1,586,642         1,947,945   

Non-current assets

     12,720,749         13,767,226         15,369,335   

Investments

     2,301,881         1,820,806         1,468,778   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     8,700,301         10,294,740         12,004,435   

Intangible assets

     548,078         461,620         488,663   

Other non-current assets

     1,170,489         1,190,060         1,407,459   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

  21,011,837      20,644,593      23,801,588   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current liabilities

  7,550,330      6,754,175      9,132,943   

Non-current liabilities

  2,837,432      4,127,993      5,007,525   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  10,387,762      10,882,168      14,140,468   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Share capital

  1,789,079      1,789,079      1,789,079   

Share premium

  2,251,113      2,251,113      2,251,113   

Reserves

  276      (305   (893

Retained earnings

  6,583,607      5,722,538      5,621,821   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

  10,624,075      9,762,425      9,661,120   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

22


Table of Contents
(Unit: In millions of Won, except for per share data)  

Description

   For the year ended
December 31, 2014
     For the year ended
December 31, 2013
     For the year ended
December 31, 2012
 

Revenue

     25,383,670         25,854,183         28,672,355   

Operating profit

     984,790         753,550         626,478   

Operating profit from continuing operations

     973,118         99,672         28,549   

Profit for the period

     973,118         99,672         28,549   

Basic earnings per share

     2,720         279         80   

Diluted earnings per share

     2,720         279         80   

 

  C. Consolidated subsidiaries (as of December 31, 2014)

 

Company Interest

  

Primary Business

   Location    Equity  

LG Display America, Inc.

   Sales    U.S.A.      100

LG Display Germany GmbH

   Sales    Germany      100

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

   Sales    Japan      100

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

   Sales    Taiwan      100

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

   Manufacturing and sales    China      100

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

   Sales    China      100

LG Display Poland Sp. zo.o.

   Manufacturing and sales    Poland      100

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd.

   Manufacturing and sales    China      100

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

   Sales    China      100

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

   Sales    Singapore      100

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Limited

   Manufacturing    China      51

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

   Manufacturing    China      51

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

   Manufacturing and sales    China      100

LG Display (China) Co., Ltd.

   Manufacturing and sales    China      70

LG Display U.S.A. Inc.

   Manufacturing and sales    U.S.A.      100

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

   Workplace services    Korea      100

Unified Innovative Technology, LLC

   Managing intellectual property    U.S.A.      100

MMT (Money Market Trust)

   Money market trust    Korea      100

 

23


Table of Contents
  D. Status of equity investments (as of December 31, 2014)

 

Company

   Investment Amount     

Initial Equity

Investment Date

   Equity
Interest
 

LG Display America, Inc.

   US$ 411,000,000       September 24, 1999      100

LG Display Germany GmbH

   EUR 960,000       November 5, 1999      100

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

   ¥ 95,000,000       October 12, 1999      100

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

   NT$ 115,500,000       May 19, 2000      100

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd. (1)

   CNY 2,936,759,345       July 15, 2002      100

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

   CNY 4,138,650       January 16, 2003      100

LG Display Poland Sp. zo.o.(2)

   PLN 511,071,000       September 6, 2005      100

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd.(3)

   CNY 1,654,693,079       August 7, 2006      100

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

   CNY 3,775,250       August 28, 2007      100

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

   SGD 1,400,000       January 12, 2009      100

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Limited

   CNY 41,785,824       January 5, 2010      51

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

   CNY 59,197,026       January 5, 2010      51

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

   CNY 955,915,000       April 19, 2010      100

LG Display U.S.A. Inc.

   US$ 10,920,000       December 8, 2011      100

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

   800,000,000       March 19, 2012      100

LG Display (China) Co., Ltd.

   CNY 4,254,002,206       December 27, 2012      70

Unified Innovative Technology, LLC

   US$ 9,000,000       March 21, 2014      100

MMT (Money Market Trust)

     18,100,000,000       June 11, 2007      100

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

   CNY 637,079,715       October 7, 2008      51

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

   33,648,000,000       March 25, 2005      40

TLI Co., Ltd.

   14,073,806,250       May 16, 2008      10

AVACO Co., Ltd.

   6,172,728,120       June 9, 2008      16

New Optics Ltd.

   12,199,600,000       July 30, 2008      46

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

   6,330,000,000       February 24, 2009      13

Wooree E&L Co., Ltd. (formerly Wooree LED Co., Ltd.)

   11,900,000,000       May 22, 2009      21

Global OLED Technology LLC

   US$ 45,170,000       December 23, 2009      33

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No. 16(4)

   14,064,704,518       December 7, 2009      31

Can Yang Investment Ltd.

   CNY 93,740,124       January 27, 2010      9

YAS Co., Ltd.

   10,000,000,000       September 16, 2010      19

Narae Nanotech Corporation

   30,000,000,000       April 22, 2011      23

Avatec Co., Ltd.

   10,600,000,000       December 6, 2011      16

Glonix Co., Ltd.

   2,000,000,000       April 10, 2012      20

Changes since September 30, 2014:

 

(1) In December 2014, we invested CNY103 million in LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd. The investment did not affect our percentage interest.
(2) In November 2014, Toshiba Corporation exercised its put option on its 20% equity interest in LG Display Poland Sp. Zo.o., and we acquired the 20% equity interest for EUR27 million. Accordingly, our percentage interest increased to 100%.
(3) In December 2014, we invested US$108 million in LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd. The investment did not affect our percentage interest.
(4) In December 2014, we received a distribution of ₩3,646 million as return of principal from our investments in LB Gemini New Growth Fund No. 16. The distribution did not affect our percentage interest.

 

  In December 2014, we sold our entire equity interest in LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V. for US$6 million.

 

13. Audit Information

 

  A. Audit service

 

(Unit: In millions of Won, hours)  

Description

   2014     2013     2012  

Auditor

     KPMG Samjong        KPMG Samjong        KPMG Samjong   

Activity

    
 
Audit by independent
auditor
  
  
   
 
Audit by independent
auditor
  
  
   
 
Audit by independent
auditor
  
  

Compensation (1)

     910 (326 ) (2)      910 (325 (2)      850 (285 (2) 

Time required

     16,380        16,202        16,792   

 

24


Table of Contents
(1) Compensation amount is the contracted amount for the full fiscal year.
(2) Compensation amount in ( ) is for Form 20-F filing and SOX 404 audit.

 

  B. Non-audit service

 

(Unit: In millions of Won)  

Fiscal year

  

Contract date

  

Service description

  

Service period

   Compensation  

2013

   July 29, 2013   

Advisory services in establishing a compliance system in connection with our disclosure obligations under the U.S. Securities and Exchange commission’s conflict mineral rule.

   July 2013 to October 2013      126   

 

14. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

  A. Risk relating to forward-looking statements

This annual report contains forward-looking statements that are, by their nature, subject to significant risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views as of the date of this report with respect to future events and are not a guarantee of future performance or results. Actual results may differ materially from information contained in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors beyond our control. We have no obligation to update or correct the forward-looking statements contained in these materials subsequent to the date hereof. All forward-looking statements attributable to us in this report are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section.

 

  B. Overview

In 2014, while increased competition and volatility in foreign exchange rates presented risks to our business, the migration in demand for larger sized television panels contributed to the general stabilization of the average selling price of LCD panels per square meter of net display area shipped. Even in the midst of intense competition, our profits increased in 2014 compared to 2013 due to our market leading technologies and differentiated products. We increased our profitability by increasing the proportion of market leading differentiated products, such as Ultra HD television panels with M+ technology, desktop monitor panels with IPS technology, high definition mobile panels and other differentiated display panels. We are also preparing for our future by strengthening our OLED panel business, which are the next generation display products.

With respect to each of our business areas:

 

    Television. In line with an increase in market demand for larger sized television panels with higher resolutions, the proportion of our large-sized television panels sold in our product mix increased in 2014 compared to 2013. We were also able to increase our market share in the Ultra HD television panel market with sales of our Ultra HD television panels with IPS, copper line, M+ and other competitive technologies.

 

    IT/Mobile. We strengthened our profitability in this business area with our panels with IPS technology. We strengthened our product lineup by increasing the proportion of differentiated products, such as desktop and notebook panels with IPS technology, 21:9 screen aspect ratio curved desktop monitor panels, large-sized Quad HD smartphone panels with narrow bezels and other premium display panels.

 

    OLED. We strengthened our foundations in this business area by diversifying our products and customer base. We improved our capabilities to mass produce large-sized OLED television panels by improving production yields and increasing production capacity. We are also leading the market for new and differentiated OLED panels for small-sized products with our OLED panels for wearable devices and curved OLED smartphone panels. We plan to gradually expand and advance our OLED business by creating a separate division for our OLED business.

 

25


Table of Contents

As a result of these accomplishments, we were able to record an annual revenue of ₩26,456 billion and an operating profit of ₩1,357 billion for the year ended 2014.

 

  C. Financial condition and results of operations

 

  (1) Results of operations

In 2014, the proportion of differentiated products in our product mix, such as our television, IT and mobile display panels utilizing IPS, copper line, M+, Advanced In-cell Touch, FPR 3D and other differentiated technologies, continued to increase. In addition, with respect to OLED technology, which is the next generation in display panel technology, we were a step ahead of our competition with our technology and production know-how and were the first to introduce 65-inch and 77-inch Ultra HD OLED television panels to the market. As for small-sized OLED panels, we were also able to introduce smartphone and wearable panels based on our plastic OLED technology and are quickly preparing ourselves for the future markets for OLED panels.

Even though the market for display panels is shifting toward display panels in open cell form (i.e., without a backlight unit), we were able to limit the impact of this trend through increased sales of differentiated products, and as a result, our revenue only decreased by 2% from ₩27,033 billion in 2013 to ₩26,456 billion in 2014. However, our operating profit increased by 17% from ₩1,163 billion in 2013 to ₩1,357 billion in 2014, and profit for the year increased by 119% from ₩419 billion in 2013 to ₩917 billion in 2014 mainly due to our efforts to increase the proportion of high value added, technologically competitive products in our product mix and decrease costs.

 

(Unit: In millions of Won)  

Description

   2014      2013      Changes  

Revenue

     26,455,529         27,033,035         (577,506

Cost of sales

     (22,667,134      (23,524,851      857,717   

Gross profit

     3,788,395         3,508,184         280,211   

Selling expenses

     (746,686      (731,521      (15,165

Administrative expenses

     (520,160      (517,622      (2,538

Research and development expenses

     (1,164,294      (1,095,727      (68,567

Operating profit

     1,357,255         1,163,314         193,941   

Finance income

     105,443         185,011         (79,568

Finance costs

     (215,536      (381,851      166,315   

Other non-operating income

     1,071,903         1,108,754         (36,851

Other non-operating expenses

     (1,095,071      (1,268,588      173,517   

Equity income on investment, net

     17,963         23,665         (5,702

Profit before income tax

     1,241,957         830,305         411,652   

Income tax expense

     324,553         411,332         (86,779

Profit for the period

     917,404         418,973         498,431   

 

  (a) Selected financial ratios

 

Ratios

  

Calculation

   2014
Ratio
    2013
Ratio
    Percentage
Point Change
 

Current ratio

  

(current assets ÷ current liabilities) x 100

     122.4     113.9     8.5

Debt to equity ratio

  

(total liabilities ÷ total equity) x 100

     94.9     101.1     (6.2 )% 

Operating margin

  

(results from operating activities ÷ revenue) x 100

     5.1     4.3     0.8

Net margin

  

(profit for the period ÷ revenue) x 100

     3.5     1.5     2.0

Return on assets

  

(profit for the period ÷ total assets) x 100

     4.0     1.9     2.1

Return on equity

  

(profit for the period ÷ total equity) x 100

     7.8     3.9     3.9

Net cash from operating activities to assets ratio

  

(net cash from operating activities ÷ total assets) x 100

     12.5     16.5     (4.0 )% 

 

26


Table of Contents

Ratios

  

Calculation

   2014 Ratio  

Revenue growth

  

(current year revenue ÷ prior year revenue) x 100 -1

     (2.1 )% 

Operating profit growth

  

(current year results from operating activities ÷ prior year results from operating activities) x 100 -1

     16.7

Net profit growth

  

(current year profit ÷ prior year profit) x 100 -1

     119.0
     

 

 

 

Total assets growth

(current year end total assets ÷ prior year end total assets) x 100 -1

  5.8
     

 

 

 

Asset turnover

Revenue ÷ ((total assets at beginning of year + total assets at end of year) ÷ 2)

  1.2   

 

  (b) Revenue and cost of sales

Our cost of sales as a percentage of revenue decreased by 1.3 percentage points from 87.0% in 2013 to 85.7% in 2014 primarily due to our continued efforts to reduce costs and increase the proportion of high value added products, which tend to command higher margins, in our product mix.

 

(Unit: In millions of Won, except percentages)  
                 Changes  

Description

   2014     2013     Amount      Percentage  

Revenue

     26,455,529        27,033,035        (577,506      (2.1 )% 

Cost of sales

     22,667,134        23,524,851        (857,717      (3.6 )% 

Gross profit

     3,788,395        3,508,184        280,211         8.0

Cost of sales as a percentage of sales

     85.7     87.0     —           —    

 

  (c) Sales by category

Revenue attributable to sales of panels for mobile applications and others as a percentage of total revenue increased by 6.1 percentage points in 2014 compared to 2013 due to an increase in demand for larger high resolution smartphone panels during the same period. Partly as a result of the increase in revenue attributable to sale of panels for mobile applications and others, revenue attributable to sale of panels for televisions as a percentage of total revenue decreased.

 

Categories

   2014     2013     Difference  

Panels for televisions

     39.4     43.6     (4.2 )% 

Panels for desktop monitors

     17.6     19.4     (1.8 )% 

Panels for notebook computers

     10.1     10.4     (0.3 )% 

Panels for tablet computers

     13.4     13.2     0.2

Panels for mobile applications and others

     19.5     13.4     6.1

 

  (d) Production capacity

Our annual production capacity increased by 4% in 2014 compared to 2013, in large part due to the commencement of mass production at GP1 in China, which was built in anticipation of an increase in demand for larger display panels.

 

27


Table of Contents
  (2) Financial condition

Our current assets increased by ₩1,509 billion from ₩7,732 billion as of December 31, 2013 to ₩9,241 billion as of December 31, 2014, and our non-current assets decreased by ₩257 billion from ₩13,983 billion as of December 31, 2013 to ₩13,726 billion as of December 31, 2014. Our current liabilities increased by ₩761 billion from ₩6,789 billion as of December 31, 2013 to ₩7,550 billion as of December 31, 2014, and our non-current liabilities decreased by ₩495 billion from ₩4,129 billion as of December 31, 2013 to ₩3,634 billion as of December 31, 2014. Our total equity increased by ₩986 billion from ₩10,797 billion as of December 31, 2013 to ₩11,783 billion as of December 31, 2014.

 

     (Unit: In millions of Won)  

Description

   2014      2013      Changes  

Current assets

     9,240,629         7,731,788         1,508,841   

Non-current assets

     13,726,394         13,983,496         (257,102
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

  22,967,023      21,715,284      1,251,739   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current liabilities

  7,549,556      6,788,919      760,637   

Non-current liabilities

  3,634,057      4,128,945      (494,888
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  11,183,613      10,917,864      265,749   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Share capital

  1,789,079      1,789,079      —     

Share premium

  2,251,113      2,251,113      —     

Reserves

  (63,843   (91,674   27,831   

Retained earnings

  7,455,063      6,662,655      792,408   

Non-controlling interest

  351,998      186,247      165,751   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

  11,783,410      10,797,420      985,990   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  22,967,023      21,715,284      1,251,739   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due in part to an increase in the proportion of our large-sized, high value added panels in our product mix in 2014 compared to 2013, our inventory increased by ₩821 billion from ₩1,933 billion in December 31, 2013 to ₩2,754 billion December 31, 2014.

Net trade accounts and notes receivable as of December 31, 2014 was ₩3,445 billion, an increase of ₩316 billion from net trade accounts and notes receivable as of December 31, 2013. Trade accounts and notes receivable amounting to approximately ₩1,690 billion (US$1,537 million) and approximately ₩1,105 billion (US$1,048 million) were sold to financial institutions, but are current and outstanding, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The book value of our total tangible assets as of December 31, 2014 was ₩11,403 billion, a decrease of ₩406 billion from the book value of our total tangible assets as of December 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to completion of depreciation of certain of our production facilities, such as the second expansion to our P8 fabrication facility, which outpaced increases resulting from investments in production facilities.

Trade accounts and notes payable as of December 31, 2014 was ₩3,392 billion, an increase of ₩392 billion from trade accounts and notes payable as of December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the production of large-sized and high value added display panels, which tend to entail more expensive component and raw material costs, in 2014 compared to 2013.

Other accounts payable as of December 31, 2014 was ₩1,508 billion, an increase of ₩538 billion from other accounts payable as of December 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to the accounts payable in connection with the construction of GP1 in 2014.

 

  (3) Liquidity and capital resources

In 2014, our net cash from operating activities amounted to ₩2,865 billion, our net cash provided by financing activities, including the incurrence of short- and long-term borrowings as well as the issuance of corporate debentures, amounted to ₩405 billion, and our net cash used in investing activities, including the acquisition of tangible assets and our acquisition of investments in equity accounted investees, amounted to ₩3,451 billion.

 

28


Table of Contents

In 2014, our capital expenditures on a cash out basis was ₩3 trillion, which was used primarily to fund the expansion of our OLED and LTPS-based panel production capacities for larger panels and panels for small- to medium-sized devices, as well as to fund the construction of GP1 in anticipation of increasing demand from China.

 

     (Unit: In millions of Won)  

Description

   2014      2013      Changes  

Results from operating activities

     1,357,255         1,163,314         193,941   

Net cash provided by operating activities

     2,864,521         3,584,773         (720,252

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     404,659         (390,984      795,643   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,451,279      (4,504,321      1,053,042   

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31,

     889,839         1,021,870         (132,031

 

15. Board of Directors

 

  A. Members of the board of directors

As of December 31, 2014 our board of directors consist of two non-outside directors, one non-standing director and four outside directors.

 

          (As of December 31, 2014)

Name

  

Position

  

Primary responsibility

Yu Sig Kang (1)    Director (non-standing)    Chairman of the board of directors
Sang Beom Han    Representative Director (non-outside), Chief Executive Officer and President    Overall head of management
Sangdon Kim    Director (non-outside), Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President    Overall head of finances
Tae Sik Ahn(2)    Outside Director    Related to the overall management
Jin Jang    Outside Director    Related to the overall management
Dongil Kwon    Outside Director    Related to the overall management
Joon Park    Outside Director    Related to the overall management

 

(1) Yu Sig Kang is also a registered executive of LG Electronics.
(2) Tae Sik Ahn stepped down as an outside director on January 15, 2015 before the end of his term.

 

          (As of the date of this report)

Name

  

Position

  

Primary responsibility

Yu Sig Kang (1)    Director (non-standing)    Chairman of the board of directors
Sang Beom Han (2)    Representative Director (non-outside), Chief Executive Officer and President    Overall head of management
Sangdon Kim    Director (non-outside), Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President    Overall head of finances
Jin Jang    Outside Director    Related to the overall management
Dongil Kwon (3)    Outside Director    Related to the overall management
Joon Park    Outside Director    Related to the overall management
Sung-Sik Hwang (4)    Outside Director    Related to the overall management

 

29


Table of Contents
(1) Yu Sig Kang is also a registered executive of LG Electronics.
(2) Sang Beom Han was reappointed for another term as a non-outside director at the annual general meeting of shareholders held on March 13, 2015.
(3) Dongil Kwon was reappointed for another term as a non-outside director at the annual general meeting of shareholders held on March 13, 2015.
(4) Sung-Sik Hwang was appointed as an outside director by the courts on January 22, 2015. Mr. Hwang was reappointed for a full term at the annual general meeting of shareholders held on March 13, 2015.

 

  B. Committees of the board of directors

As of December 31, 2014, we have the following committees that serve under our board of directors: Audit Committee, Outside Director Nomination Committee and Management Committee.

 

          (As of December 31, 2014)

Committee

  

Composition

  

Member

Audit Committee    3 outside directors    Tae Sik Ahn(1), Joon Park, Jin Jang
Outside Director Nomination Committee    1 non-standing director and 2 outside directors    Yu Sig Kang, Tae Sik Ahn(1), Dongil Kwon
Management Committee    2 non-outside directors    Sang Beom Han, Sangdon Kim

 

(1) Tae Sik Ahn stepped down as a member of the audit committee and the outside director nomination committee of the board of directors on January 15, 2015 before the end of his term.

 

          (As of the date of this report)

Committee

  

Composition

  

Member

Audit Committee    3 outside directors    Joon Park, Jin Jang, Sung-Sik Hwang (1)
Outside Director Nomination Committee    1 non-standing director and 2 outside directors    Yu Sig Kang, Jin Jang (2), Joon Park (2)
Management Committee    2 non-outside directors    Sang Beom Han, Sangdon Kim

 

(1) Sung-Sik Hwang was appointed as member of the audit committee of the board of directors by the courts on January 22, 2015. Mr. Hwang was reappointed for a full term at the annual general meeting of shareholders held on March 13, 2015.
(2) Jin Jang and Joon Park were appointed as members of the outside director nomination committee of the board of directors by the board of directors on January 27, 2015.

 

  C. Independence of directors

Directors are appointed in accordance with the procedures of the Commercial Act and other relevant laws and regulations. Our board of directors is independent as four out of the seven directors that comprise the board are outside directors. Outside directors candidates are nominated for appointment at a shareholders’ meeting after undergoing rigorous review by the Outside Director Nomination Committee.

All of our current outside directors were nominated by the Outside Director Nomination Committee, and all of our current non-outside directors were nominated by the board of directors.

 

30


Table of Contents
16. Information Regarding Shares

 

  A. Total number of shares

 

  (1) Total number of shares authorized to be issued (as of December 31, 2014): 500,000,000 shares.

 

  (2) Total shares issued and outstanding (as of December 31, 2014): 357,815,700 shares.

 

  B. Shareholder list

 

  (1) Largest shareholder and related parties as of December 31, 2014:

 

Name

  

Relationship

   Number of shares of common stock      Equity interest  

LG Electronics

   Largest Shareholder      135,625,000         37.9

Sang Beom Han

   Related Party      5,014         0.0

 

  (2) Shareholders who are known to us to own 5% or more of our shares as of December 31, 2014:

 

Beneficial owner

   Number of shares of common stock      Equity interest  

LG Electronics

     135,625,000         37.9

National Pension Service (1)

     36,344,223         10.16

 

(1) On February 24, 2015, the National Pension Service disclosed that it held 35,749,428 shares of our common stock equating to a 9.99% equity interest in us.

 

17. Directors and Employees

 

  A. Directors

 

  (1) Remuneration for directors in 2014

 

     (Unit: person, in millions of Won)  

Classification

   No. of directors (1)      Amount paid (2)     Per capita average
remuneration paid (4)
 

Non-outside directors

     3         1,907  (3)      636   

Outside directors who are not audit committee members

     1         66        66   

Outside directors who are audit committee members

     3         198        66   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  7      2,171      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Number of directors as at December 31, 2014.
(2) Amount paid is calculated on the basis of amount of cash actually paid.
(3) Among the non-outside directors, Yu Sig Kang does not receive any remuneration.
(4) Per capita average remuneration paid is calculated by dividing total amount paid by the average number of directors for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

  (2) Remuneration for individual directors and audit committee members

 

    Individual amount of remuneration paid in 2014

 

     (Unit: in millions of Won)  

Name

   Position    Total remuneration      Payment not included in
total remuneration
 

Sang Beom Han

   President      1,408         —     

 

    Method of calculation

 

31


Table of Contents

Name

 

Method of calculation

Sang Beom Han   Total annual remuneration
      •      ₩1,408 million (consisting of ₩1,046 million in salary and ₩362 million in bonus).
  Salary
      •      Annual salary is set in accordance with the executive compensation regulations established by the board of directors.
      •      Annual salary is equally divided and paid on a monthly basis.
  Bonus
      •      Bonus is awarded by the board of directors based on performance and evaluation standards derived from the special bonus provisions of the executive compensation regulations.
      •      Bonus in the range of 0 to 150% of annual salary may be awarded by evaluating the previous year’s performance through certain financial indicators, such as revenue and operating profit, and non-financial indicators, such as meeting our medium- to long-term expectations, leadership and other contributions.
           •      Financial indicators: For the year ended December 31, 2013, revenue was ₩27,033 billion and EBITDA(1) was ₩4,998 billion, which was a 1% improvement in the EBITDA to revenue ratio compared to the previous year’s EBITDA to revenue ratio.
           •      Non-financial indictors: We were the first to introduce OLED television panels and secure a competitive advantage, we improved our product mix by increasing the proportion of high value added products, we improved production efficiency and restructured our LCD business and Mr. Han showed leadership in leading us.

 

(1) In this report under K-IFRS, EBITDA is defined as operating profit plus depreciation and amortization expenses.

 

  (3) Stock options

Not applicable.

 

  B. Employees

As of December 31, 2014, we had 32,434 employees (excluding our executive officers). On average, our male employees have served 7.1 years and our female employees have served 5.2 years. The total amount of salary paid to our employees for the year ended December 31, 2014 based on income tax statements submitted to the Korean tax authority in accordance with Article 20 of the Income Tax Act was ₩1,429,189 million for our male employees and ₩399,702 million for our female employees. The following table provides details of our employees as of December 31, 2014

 

     (Unit: person, in millions of Won, year)  
     Number of
employees (1)
     Total salary in 2014 (2) (3) (4)      Total salary
per capita (5)
     Average years of
service
 

Male

     23,356         1,429,189         60.7         7.1   

Female

     9,078         399,702         42.6         5.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  32,434      1,828,891      55.5      6.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

32


Table of Contents
(1) Includes part-time employees.
(2) Welfare benefits and retirement expenses have been excluded. Total welfare benefit provided to our employees for the year ended December 31, 2014 was ₩342,989 million and the per capita welfare benefit provided was ₩10.4 million.
(3) Based on income tax statements, which are submitted to the Korean tax authority in accordance with Article 20 of the Income Tax Act.
(4) Includes incentive payments to employees who have transferred from our affiliated companies.
(5) Calculated using the average number of employees (male: 23,545, female: 9,379) for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

33


Table of Contents
LG DISPLAY CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Financial Statements
For the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013
(With Independent Auditors’ Report Thereon)

 

34


Table of Contents

Contents

 

     Page  

Independent Auditors’ Report

     36   

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

     38   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     39   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

     40   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     41   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     43   

 

35


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors’ Report

Based on a report originally issued in Korean

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders

LG Display Co., Ltd.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of LG Display Co., Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) which comprise the consolidated statements of financial position of the Group as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and notes, comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with Korean International Financial Reporting Standards (“K-IFRS”), and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatements, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with Korean Standards on Auditing. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with K-IFRS.

Emphasis of Matter

Without qualifying our opinion, we draw attention to the following:

As discussed in note 20 to the consolidated financial statements, the Group has been or is named as defendants in a number of individual lawsuits and class actions in the United States and Canada, respectively, in connection with alleged antitrust violations concerning the sale of LCD panels. The Group estimated and recognized losses related to these alleged violations. However, actual losses are subject to change in the future based on new developments in each matter, or changes in circumstances, which could be materially different from those estimated and recognized by the Group.

 

36


Table of Contents

Other Matters

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Group as of December 31, 2013 and for the year then ended were audited by us in accordance with the previous auditing standards generally accepted in the Republic of Korea.

The procedures and practices utilized in the Republic of Korea to audit such consolidated financial statements may differ from those generally accepted and applied in other countries.

 

/s/ KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp.
Seoul, Korea
February 17, 2015

 

This report is effective as of February 17, 2015, the audit report date. Certain subsequent events or circumstances, which may occur between the audit report date and the time of reading this report, could have a material impact on the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. Accordingly, the readers of the audit report should understand that the above audit report has not been updated to reflect the impact of such subsequent events or circumstances, if any.

 

37


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

(In millions of won)    Note    December 31,
2014
    December 31,
2013
 

Assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   6, 13    889,839       1,021,870  

Deposits in banks

   6, 13      1,526,482       1,301,539  

Trade accounts and notes receivable, net

   7, 13, 19, 22      3,444,477       3,128,626  

Other accounts receivable, net

   7, 13      119,478       89,545  

Other current financial assets

   9, 13      3,250       919  

Inventories

   8      2,754,098       1,933,241  

Prepaid income taxes

        6,340       4,066  

Other current assets

   7      496,665       251,982  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

  9,240,629     7,731,788  

Deposits in banks

6,13   8,427     13  

Investments in equity accounted investees

10   407,644     406,536  

Other non-current financial assets

9,13   33,611     46,246  

Property, plant and equipment, net

11,23   11,402,866     11,808,334  

Intangible assets, net

12,23   576,670     468,185  

Deferred tax assets

29   1,036,507     1,037,000  

Other non-current assets

7   260,669     217,182  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

  13,726,394     13,983,496  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  22,967,023     21,715,284  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

Trade accounts and notes payable

13, 22 3,391,635     2,999,522  

Current financial liabilities

13, 14   967,909     907,942  

Other accounts payable

13   1,508,158     1,454,339  

Accrued expenses

  740,492     491,236  

Income tax payable

  227,714     46,777  

Provisions

18   193,884     200,731  

Advances received

19   488,379     656,775  

Other current liabilities

18   31,385     31,597  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  7,549,556     6,788,919  

Non-current financial liabilities

13, 14   3,279,477     2,994,837  

Non-current provisions

18   8,014     5,005  

Defined benefit liabilities, net

17   324,180     319,087  

Long-term advances received

19   —       427,397  

Deferred tax liabilities

29   245     119  

Other non-current liabilities

18   22,141     382,500  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

  3,634,057     4,128,945  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  11,183,613     10,917,864  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

Share capital

21   1,789,079     1,789,079  

Share premium

  2,251,113     2,251,113  

Reserves

21   (63,843 )   (91,674 )

Retained earnings

  7,455,063     6,662,655  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to owners of the Controlling Company

  11,431,412     10,611,173  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

  351,998     186,247  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

  11,783,410     10,797,420  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  22,967,023     21,715,284  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

38


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

(In millions of won, except earnings per share)    Note    2014     2013  

Revenue

   22, 23, 24    26,455,529       27,033,035  

Cost of sales

   8, 22        (22,667,134 )     (23,524,851 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  3,788,395     3,508,184  

Selling expenses

16   (746,686 )   (731,521 )

Administrative expenses

16   (520,160 )   (517,622 )

Research and development expenses

  (1,164,294 )   (1,095,727 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

  1,357,255     1,163,314  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance income

27   105,443     185,011  

Finance costs

27   (215,536 )   (381,851 )

Other non-operating income

25   1,071,903     1,108,754  

Other non-operating expenses

25   (1,095,071 )   (1,268,588 )

Equity in income of equity accounted investees, net

  17,963     23,665  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

  1,241,957     830,305  

Income tax expense

28   (324,553 )   (411,332 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

  917,404     418,973  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss

Remeasurements of net defined benefit liabilities

17,28   (147,633 )   998  

Related income tax

17,28   35,773     (334 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  (111,860 )   664  

Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets

27,28   982     826  

Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations

27,28   37,739     (22,100 )

Share of loss from sale of treasury stocks by associates

28   (1,360 )   (802 )

Related income tax

28   (119 )   (225 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  37,242     (22,301 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of income tax

  (74,618 )   (21,637 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

842,786     397,336  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) attributable to:

Owners of the Controlling Company

  904,268     426,118  

Non-controlling interests

  13,136     (7,145 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

917,404     418,973  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to:

Owners of the Controlling Company

  820,239     404,478  

Non-controlling interests

  22,547     (7,142 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

842,786     397,336  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share (In won)

Basic earnings per share

30 2,527     1,191  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

30 2,527     1,191  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

39


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

     Attributable to owners of the Controlling Company              
                   Share of gain(loss)                                
                   from sale of                                
     Share      Share      treasury stocks     Fair value     Translation     Retained     Non-controlling     Total  
(In millions of won)    capital      premium      by associates     reserve     reserve     earnings     interests     equity  

Balances at January 1, 2013

   1,789,079        2,251,113        548       (66 )     (69,852 )     6,238,989       30,369       10,240,180  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

                  

Profit (loss) for the year

     —          —          —         —         —         426,118       (7,145 )     418,973  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                  

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax

     —          —          —         638       —         —         —         638  

Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations, net of tax

     —          —          —         —         (22,140 )     —         3       (22,137 )

Remeasurements of net defined benefit liabilities, net of tax

     —          —          —         —         —         664       —         664  

Share of loss from sale of treasury stocks by associates, net of tax

     —          —          (802 )     —         —         —         —         (802 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     —          —          (802 )     638       (22,140 )     664       3       (21,637 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

   —          —          (802 )     638       (22,140 )     426,782       (7,142 )     397,336  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transaction with owners, recognized directly in equity

                  

Capital contribution from non-controlling interests, and others

     —          —          —         —         —         (3,116 )     163,020       159,904  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2013

     1,789,079        2,251,113        (254 )     572       (91,992 )     6,662,655       186,247       10,797,420  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at January 1, 2014

   1,789,079        2,251,113        (254 )     572       (91,992 )     6,662,655       186,247       10,797,420  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

                  

Profit for the year

     —          —          —         —         —         904,268       13,136       917,404  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                  

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax

     —          —          —         796       —         —         —         796  

Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations, net of tax

     —          —          —         —         28,395       —         9,411       37,806  

Remeasurements of net defined benefit liabilities, net of tax

     —          —          —         —         —         (111,860 )     —         (111,860 )

Share of loss from sale of treasury stocks by associates, net of tax

     —          —          (1,360 )     —         —         —         —         (1,360 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     —          —          (1,360 )     796       28,395       (111,860 )     9,411       (74,618 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

   —          —          (1,360 )     796       28,395       792,408       22,547       842,786  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transaction with owners, recognized directly in equity

                  

Decrease of share interest in non-controlling interests

     —          —          —         —         —         —         (2,955 )     (2,955 )

Capital contribution from non-controlling interests

     —          —          —         —         —         —         146,159       146,159  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2014

   1,789,079        2,251,113        (1,614 )     1,368       (63,597 )     7,455,063       351,998       11,783,410  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

40


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

(In millions of won)    Note    2014     2013  

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Profit for the year

      917,404       418,973  

Adjustments for:

       

Income tax expense

   28      324,553       411,332  

Depreciation

   11, 15      3,222,085       3,598,472  

Amortization of intangible assets

   12, 15      270,226       236,046  

Gain on foreign currency translation

        (63,626 )     (76,111 )

Loss on foreign currency translation

        89,453       55,870  

Expenses related to defined benefit plans

   17, 26      196,756       159,453  

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

        (8,989 )     (9,620 )

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

        2,173       1,639  

Impairment loss on property, plant and equipment

        8,097       853  

Loss on disposal of intangible assets

        672       452  

Impairment loss on intangible assets

        492       1,661  

Reversal of impairment loss on intangible assets

        —         (296 )

Finance income

        (55,655 )     (52,862 )

Finance costs

        148,129       163,183  

Equity in income of equity method accounted investees, net

   10      (17,963 )     (23,665 )

Other income

        (14,508 )     (412 )

Other expenses

        277,128       351,953  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  4,379,023     4,817,948  

Change in trade accounts and notes receivable

  (921,433 )   (251,752 )

Change in other accounts receivable

  (14,195 )   133,734  

Change in other current assets

  (219,599 )   89,456  

Change in inventories

  (823,497 )   456,766  

Change in other non-current assets

  (93,987 )   (120,054 )

Change in trade accounts and notes payable

  390,046     (1,110,098 )

Change in other accounts payable

  (229,679 )   (289,441 )

Change in accrued expenses

  245,373     68,162  

Change in other current liabilities

  (18,242 )   (7,846 )

Change in other non-current liabilities

  18,248     9,808  

Change in provisions

  (187,021 )   (315,266 )

Change in defined benefit liabilities, net

  (339,482 )   (19,627 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (2,193,468 )   (1,356,158 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash generated from operating activities

  3,102,959     3,880,763  

Income taxes paid

  (110,720 )   (159,286 )

Interests received

  39,452     36,686  

Interests paid

  (167,170 )   (173,390 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

2,864,521     3,584,773  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

41


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Continued

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

(In millions of won)    Note    2014     2013  

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

Dividends received

      1,340       14,582  

Proceeds from withdrawal of deposits in banks

        1,651,176       1,657,082  

Increase in deposits in banks

        (1,884,533 )     (2,644,204 )

Acquisition of investments in equity accounted investees

        (324 )     (18,744 )

Proceeds from disposal of investments in equity accounted investees

        8,832       5,023  

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

          (2,982,549 )     (3,473,059 )

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

        39,647       39,838  

Acquisition of intangible assets

        (353,298 )     (184,754 )

Proceeds from disposal of intangible assets

        —         1,902  

Government grants received

        49,424       59,629  

Proceeds from collection of short-term loans

        8       2  

Proceeds from disposal of other financial assets

        82       —    

Acquisition of other non-current financial assets

        (5,129 )     (5,410 )

Proceeds from disposal of other non-current financial assets

        15,500       43,792  

Net cash inflow from disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash transferred

        8,545       —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

  (3,451,279 )   (4,504,321 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

  219,839     1,430,041  

Repayments of short-term borrowings

  (14,747 )   (1,444,717 )

Proceeds from issuance of debentures

  597,563     587,603  

Proceeds from long-term debt

  846,759     372,785  

Repayments of long-term debt

  (503,618 )   (301,229 )

Repayments of current portion of long-term debt and debentures

  (887,296 )   (1,195,340 )

Capital contribution from non-controlling interests

  146,159     159,873  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  404,659     (390,984 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

  (182,099 )   (1,310,532 )

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1

  1,021,870     2,338,661  

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held

  50,068     (6,259 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31

889,839     1,021,870  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

42


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity

 

  (a) Description of the Controlling Company

LG Display Co., Ltd. (the “Controlling Company”) was incorporated in February 1985 under its original name of LG Soft, Ltd. as a wholly owned subsidiary of LG Electronics Inc. In 1998, LG Electronics Inc. and LG Semicon Co., Ltd. transferred their respective Thin Film Transistor Liquid Crystal Display (“TFT-LCD”) related business to the Controlling Company. The main business of the Controlling Company and its subsidiaries is to manufacture and sell TFT-LCD panels. The Controlling Company is a stock company (“Jusikhoesa”) domiciled in the Republic of Korea with its address at 128, Yeouidae-ro, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul, the Republic of Korea. In July 1999, LG Electronics Inc. and Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. (“Philips”) entered into a joint venture agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, the Controlling Company changed its name to LG.Philips LCD Co., Ltd. However, in February 2008, the Controlling Company changed its name to LG Display Co., Ltd. considering the decrease of Philips’s share interest in the Controlling Company and the possibility of its business expansion to other display products including Organic Light Emitting Diode (“OLED”) and Flexible Display products. As of December 31, 2014, LG Electronics Inc. owns 37.9% (135,625,000 shares) of the Controlling Company’s common stock.

As of December 31, 2014, the Controlling Company has TFT-LCD manufacturing plants, an OLED manufacturing plant and a Research & Development Center in Paju and TFT-LCD manufacturing plants in Gumi. The Controlling Company has overseas subsidiaries located in North America, Europe and Asia.

The Controlling Company’s common stock is listed on the Korea Exchange under the identifying code 034220. As of December 31, 2014, there are 357,815,700 shares of common stock outstanding. The Controlling Company’s common stock is also listed on the New York Stock Exchange in the form of American Depository Shares (“ADSs”) under the symbol “LPL.” One ADS represents one-half of one share of common stock. As of December 31, 2014, there are 22,485,216 ADSs outstanding.

 

43


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

  (b) Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014

 

(In millions)                            

Subsidiaries

 

Location

  Percentage of
ownership
   

Fiscal year

end

 

Date of

incorporation

 

Business

  Capital
stocks
 

LG Display America, Inc. (*1)

 

San Jose, U.S.A.

    100  

December 31

 

September 24, 1999

 

Sell TFT-LCD products

  USD 411   

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

 

Tokyo, Japan

    100  

December 31

 

October 12, 1999

 

Sell TFT-LCD Products

  JPY 95   

LG Display Germany GmbH

 

Ratingen, Germany

    100  

December 31

 

November 5, 1999

 

Sell TFT-LCD products

  EUR 1   

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

 

Taipei, Taiwan

    100  

December 31

 

April 12, 1999

 

Sell TFT-LCD products

  NTD 116   

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd. (*2)

 

Nanjing, China

    100  

December 31

 

July 15, 2002

 

Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products

  CNY 2,937   

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

 

Shanghai, China

    100  

December 31

 

January 16, 2003

 

Sell TFT-LCD products

  CNY 4   

LG Display Poland Sp. z o.o.(*3)

 

Wroclaw, Poland

    100  

December 31

 

September 6, 2005

 

Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products

  PLN 511   

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd. (*4)

 

Guangzhou, China

    100  

December 31

 

June 30, 2006

 

Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products

  CNY  1,655   

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

 

Shenzhen, China

    100  

December 31

 

August 28, 2007

 

Sell TFT-LCD products

  CNY 4   

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

    100  

December 31

 

January 12, 2009

 

Sell TFT-LCD products

  SGD 1.4   

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Limited

 

Xiamen, China

    51  

December 31

 

January 5, 2010

 

Manufacture LCD module and TV sets

  CNY 82   

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

 

Fujian, China

    51  

December 31

 

January 5, 2010

 

Manufacture LCD module and monitor sets

  CNY 116   

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd. (*5)

 

Yantai, China

    100  

December 31

 

April 19, 2010

 

Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products

  CNY 956   

 

44


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

  (b) Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014, Continued

 

(In millions)                                 

Subsidiaries

  

Location

   Percentage
of
ownership
   

Fiscal year

end

  

Date of
incorporation

  

Business

   Capital
stocks
 

LG Display U.S.A., Inc.

  

McAllen, U.S.A.

     100  

December 31

  

October 26, 2011

  

Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products

   USD 11   

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

  

Gumi, South Korea

     100  

December 31

  

March 21,2012

  

Janitorial services

   KRW 800   

LG Display China Co., Ltd. (*6)

  

Guangzhou, China

     70  

December 31

  

December 10, 2012

  

Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products

   CNY 6,103   

Unified Innovative Technology, LLC (*7)

  

Wilmington, U.S.A

     100  

December 31

  

March 12, 2014

  

Manage intellectual property

   USD 9   

Money Market Trust

  

Seoul, South Korea

     100  

December 31

  

-

  

Money market trust

   KRW  18,100   

 

(*1) In June 2014, the Controlling Company invested ₩36,815 million in cash for the capital increase of LG Display America, Inc. (“LGDUS”). There was no change in the Controlling Company’s ownership percentage in LGDUS as a result of this additional investment.
(*2) In December 2014, the Controlling Company invested ₩18,112 million in cash for the capital increase of LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd. (“LGDNJ”). There was no change in the Controlling Company’s ownership percentage in LGDNJ as a result of this additional investment.
(*3) Toshiba Corporation (“Toshiba”) acquired 20% of LG Display Poland Sp. z o.o. (“LGDWR”) in December 2007 through a stock purchase agreement. With the acquisition of the 20% interest, Toshiba and the Controlling Company and LGDWR entered into a derivative contract with LGDWR’s equity shares as its underlying assets. According to the contract, the Controlling Company or LGDWR has a call option to buy Toshiba’s 20% interest in LGDWR and Toshiba has a put option to sell its 20% interest in LGDWR to the Controlling Company or LGDWR under the same terms: the exercise price of the call is equal to the price of the put option which is the total amount of Toshiba’s investment at cost. Toshiba’s investment in LGDWR had been regarded as financing due to the options and recorded as other accounts payable in the consolidated statement of financial position of LG Display Co., Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the “Group”). Accordingly, LGDWR had been consolidated as a wholly owned subsidiary in the consolidated financial statements prior to the exercise of the options. In November 2014, Toshiba exercised its put option in whole at ₩37,128 million.
(*4) In December 2014, the Controlling Company invested ₩119,400 million in cash for the capital increase of LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd. (“LGDGZ”). There was no change in the Controlling Company’s ownership percentage in LGDGZ as a result of this additional investment.
(*5) In June 2014, the Controlling Company invested in ₩71,281 million in cash for the capital increase of LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd. (“LGDYT”). There was no change in the Controlling Company’s ownership percentage in LGDYT as a result of this additional investment.

 

45


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

  (b) Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014, Continued

 

(*6) In May 2014, the Controlling Company invested ₩220,740 million in cash for the capital increase of LG Display (China) Co., Ltd. (“LGDCA”). In addition, in January, April and September 2014, LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd. (“LGDGZ”), a subsidiary of the Controlling Company, invested an aggregate of ₩105,297 million in cash for the capital increase of LGDCA. In 2014, the Controlling Company’s ownership percentage in LGDCA decreased from 64% to 56% and LGDGZ’s ownership percentage in LGDCA increased from 6% to 14%.
(*7) In March 2014, the Controlling Company established Unified Innovative Technology, LLC (“UNIT”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Controlling Company, for the management of intellectual property, with an investment of ₩4,283 million. In April 2014, the Controlling Company invested ₩5,206 million in cash for the capital increase of UNIT.

In June 2014, the Controlling Company disposed of the entire investments in LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited at ₩3,383 million and recognized ₩276 million for the difference between the disposal amount and the carrying amount as finance income. In December 2014, the Controlling Company disposed of the entire investments in LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V. at ₩6,484 million and recognized ₩4,157 million for the difference between the disposal amount and the carrying amount as finance cost.

Dividends received from consolidated subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 amounted to ₩430,534 million and zero, respectively.

 

  (c) Cash flows from loss of control of the subsidiaries and carrying amount of assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries upon disposal

(i) LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited

 

(In millions of won)    Amount  

Total consideration received

   3,383   

Cash and cash equivalents held by the subsidiary at disposal

     (974
  

 

 

 

Net cash flow

  2,409   

Assets of the disposed subsidiary:

Trade accounts and notes receivable, net

  24,105   

Inventories

  2,640   

Property, plant and equipment, net

  4,101   

Intangible assets, net

  514   

Other assets

  1,000   

Liabilities of the disposed subsidiary:

Trade accounts and notes payable

  23,874   

Borrowings

  2,719   

Other liabilities

  649   

 

46


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

  (c) Cash flows from loss of control of the subsidiary and carrying amount of assets and liabilities of the subsidiary upon disposal, Continued

 

(ii) LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V.

 

(In millions of won)    Amount  

Total consideration received

     6,484   

Cash and cash equivalents held by the subsidiary at disposal

     (348
  

 

 

 

Net cash flow

  6,136   

Assets of the disposed subsidiary:

Trade accounts and notes receivable, net

5,559   

Property, plant and equipment, net

  2,414   

Other assets

  2,719   

Liabilities of the disposed subsidiary:

Other liabilities

  399   

 

  (d) Summary of financial information of subsidiaries at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2014     2014  

Subsidiaries

   Total
assets
     Total
liabilities
     Total
shareholders’
equity (deficit)
    Sales      Net income
(loss)
 

LG Display America, Inc.

   1,867,934         1,823,178         44,756        9,019,130         3,142   

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

     171,716         153,741         17,975        1,608,510         1,675   

LG Display Germany GmbH

     448,851         443,062         5,789        2,955,383         1,770   

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

     399,524         389,753         9,771        2,195,670         2,374   

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

     709,192         82,789         626,403        396,246         32,917   

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

     553,749         514,407         39,342        2,372,405         5,873   

LG Display Poland Sp. z o.o.

     199,585         11,308         188,277        76,023         30,293   

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd.

     1,959,569         1,092,161         867,408        2,277,400         164,663   

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

     306,757         291,645         15,112        2,056,861         1,481   

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

     251,422         250,199         1,223        1,209,181         1,947   

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Limited

     6,531         24,617         (18,086     —           (335

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

     314,948         251,941         63,007        1,187,511         17,446   

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

     1,346,589         1,032,278         314,311        1,049,993         76,860   

LG Display U.S.A., Inc.

     23,191         10,117         13,074        131,622         (3,672

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

     2,567         1,305         1,262        9,538         406   

LG Display China Co., Ltd.

     2,208,485         1,123,609         1,084,876        689,102         16,511   

Unified Innovative Technology, LLC

     9,118         19         9,099        —           (762
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
  10,779,728      7,496,129      3,283,599      27,234,575      352,589   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

47


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2013     2013  

Subsidiaries

   Total
assets
     Total
liabilities
     Total
shareholders’
equity (deficit)
    Sales      Net income
(loss)
 

LG Display America, Inc.

   1,272,929         1,272,334         595        8,030,701         8,710   

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

     151,181         133,310         17,871        2,004,733         1,374   

LG Display Germany GmbH

     388,814         359,765         29,049        3,612,780         3,019   

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

     452,776         408,623         44,153        2,085,437         6,605   

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

     639,429         55,164         584,265        449,192         32,819   

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

     831,345         798,556         32,789        2,799,815         3,790   

LG Display Poland Sp. z o.o.

     246,709         63,895         182,814        85,602         2,855   

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd.

     1,936,297         1,066,976         869,321        2,307,006         225,690   

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

     359,703         346,335         13,368        2,262,882         1,593   

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

     276,481         264,601         11,880        1,412,794         5,269   

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Limited

     23,375         40,850         (17,475     —           (12,163

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

     307,933         263,776         44,157        1,196,005         6,593   

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

     555,966         398,520         157,446        550,482         29,762   

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited

     26,531         19,633         6,898        66,491         (3,134

LG Display U.S.A., Inc.(*)

     32,932         16,444         16,488        138,052         3,318   

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

     1,852         997         855        6,034         257   

LG Display China Co., Ltd.

     804,561         238,666         565,895        —           (9,441
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
  8,308,814      5,748,445      2,560,369      27,008,006      306,916   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) The financial information of LG Display U.S.A., Inc. includes the financial information of LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V.

 

48


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

  (e) Associates and Joint ventures (Equity Method Investees) as of December 31, 2014

 

(In millions of won)                           

Associates and joint ventures

  

Location

   Percentage of
ownership
   

Fiscal year

end

  

Date of
incorporation

  

Business

   Carrying
amount
 
          2014     2013                       

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd. (*1)

  

Suzhou, China

     51     51   December 31   

October 2008

  

Manufacture and sell LCD modules and LCD TV sets

     138,912   

Global OLED Technology LLC

  

Herndon, U.S.A

     33     33  

December 31

  

December 2009

  

Managing and licensing OLED patents

     28,733   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

  

Paju, South Korea

     40     40  

December 31

  

January 2005

  

Manufacture electric glass for FPDs

     77,162   

TLI Inc. (*2)

  

Seongnam, South Korea

     10     10  

December 31

  

October 1998

  

Manufacture and sell semiconductor parts

     5,400   

AVACO Co., Ltd. (*2)

  

Daegu, South Korea

     16     16  

December 31

  

January 2001

  

Manufacture and sell equipment for FPDs

     11,680   

New Optics Ltd.

  

Yangju, South Korea

     46     46  

December 31

  

August 2005

  

Manufacture back light parts for TFT-LCDs

     41,199   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd. (*2)

  

Seongnam, South Korea

     13     13  

December 31

  

January 2001

  

Develop and manufacture equipment for FPDs

     2,094   

WooRee E&L Co., Ltd.

  

Ansan, South Korea

     21     21  

December 31

  

June 2008

  

Manufacture LED back light unit packages

     23,111   

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No. 16 (*3)

  

Seoul, South Korea

     31     31  

December 31

  

December 2009

  

Invest in small and middle sized companies and benefit from M&A opportunities

     14,396   

Can Yang Investments Limited (*2)

  

Hong Kong

     9     9  

December 31

  

January 2010

  

Develop, manufacture and sell LED parts

     9,467   

 

49


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

(In millions of won)                           

Associates and joint ventures

  

Location

   Percentage of
ownership
   

Fiscal year

end

  

Date of
incorporation

  

Business

   Carrying
amount
 
          2014     2013                       

YAS Co., Ltd. (*2)

  

Paju, South Korea

     19     19   December 31   

April 2002

  

Develop and manufacture deposition equipment for OLEDs

   11,019   

Narenanotech Corporation

  

Yongin, South Korea

     23     23   December 31   

December 1995

  

Manufacture and sell FPD manufacturing equipment

     25,503   

AVATEC Co., Ltd. (*2)

  

Daegu, South Korea

     16     16   December 31   

August 2000

  

Process and sell glass for FPDs

     18,773   

Glonix Co., Ltd.

  

Gimhae, South Korea

     20     20   December 31   

October 2006

  

Manufacture and sell LCD

     195   
                  

 

 

 
  407,644   
                  

 

 

 

 

(*1) Despite its 51% ownership, management concluded that the Controlling Company does not have control of Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd. because the Controlling Company and AmTRAN Technology Co., Ltd., which has a 49% equity interest of the investee, jointly control the board of directors of the investee through equal voting powers. Accordingly, investment in Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd. was accounted as an equity method investment.
(*2) Although the Controlling Company’s share interests in TLI Inc., AVACO Co., Ltd., LIG ADP Co., Ltd., Can Yang Investments Limited, YAS Co., Ltd., and AVATEC Co., Ltd. are below 20%, the Controlling Company is able to exercise significant influence through its right to appoint a director to the board of directors of each investee and the transactions between the Controlling Company and the investees are significant. Accordingly, the investments in these investees have been accounted for using the equity method.
(*3) The Controlling Company is a member of limited partnership in the LB Gemini New Growth Fund No. 16 (“the Fund”). In January, March, September and December 2014, the Controlling Company received ₩1,035 million, ₩921 million, ₩1,596 million and ₩3,646 million, respectively, from the Fund as capital distribution and made an additional cash investment of ₩324 million in the Fund in March 2014. There was no change in the Controlling Company’s ownership percentage in the Fund and the Controlling Company is committed to making future investments of up to an aggregate of ₩30,000 million.

In March 2014, the Controlling Company disposed of the entire investments in Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd., acquired for manufacturing LED Package, for ₩1,634 million and recognized ₩156 million for the difference between the disposal amount and the carrying amount as finance cost.

 

50


Table of Contents
2. Basis of Presenting Financial Statements

 

  (a) Statement of Compliance

In accordance with the Act on External Audits of Stock Companies, these consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Korean International Financial Reporting Standards (“K-IFRS”).

The consolidated financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors on January 27, 2015, which will be submitted for approval to the shareholders’ meeting to be held on March 13, 2015.

 

  (b) Basis of Measurement

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items in the consolidated statements of financial position:

 

    available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value, and

 

    liabilities for defined benefit plans are recognized as the present value of defined benefit obligations less the fair value of plan assets

 

  (c) Functional and Presentation Currency

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Korean won, which is the Controlling Company’s functional currency. All amounts in Korean won are in millions unless otherwise stated.

 

  (d) Use of Estimates and Judgments

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with K-IFRSs requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

Information about critical judgments in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements is included in the following notes:

 

    Classification of financial instruments (note 3.(d))

 

    Estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment (note 3.(e))

Information about assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment within the next 12 months is included in the following notes:

 

    Recognition and measurement of provisions (note 3.(j), 18 and 20)

 

    Net realizable value of inventories (note 8)

 

    Measurement of defined benefit obligations (note 17)

 

    Deferred tax assets and liabilities (note 29)

 

51


Table of Contents
2. Basis of Presenting Financial Statements, Continued

 

  (e) Changes in accounting policies

Except for the changes below, the Group has consistently applied the accounting policies set out in Note 3 to all periods presented in the consolidated financial statements.

The following amendments to standards and an interpretation were adopted with a date of initial application of January 1, 2014 are as follows.

 

    Amendments to K-IFRS No. 1032, Financial Instruments: Presentation

 

    Amendments to K-IFRS No. 1036, Impairment of Assets, and

 

    K-IFRS No. 2121, Levies

The nature and effects of the changes are explained below.

(i) Presentation of financial instruments

The Group has adopted amendments to K-IFRS No. 1032, Financial Instruments: Presentation, since January 1, 2014. The amendments clarify the meaning of ‘currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off’. According to the amendments, the right to set off should not be contingent on a future event, and legally enforceable in the normal course of business, in the event of default, and in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the entity and all of the counterparties. The amendments also state that some gross settlement systems would be considered equivalent to net settlement if they eliminate or result in insignificant credit and liquidity risk and process receivables and payables in a single settlement process or cycle. There is no impact of applying this amendment on the consolidated financial statements.

(ii) Disclosure of the recoverable amount

The Group has adopted amendments to K-IFRS No. 1036, Impairment of Assets, since January 1, 2014. The amendments require the disclosure of information about the recoverable amount of impaired assets, if that amount is based on fair value less costs of disposal. They also require the disclosure of additional information about that fair value measurement. In addition, if the recoverable amount of impaired assets based on fair value less costs of disposal was measured using a present value technique, the amendments also require the disclosure of the discount rates that have been used in the current and previous measurements. There is no significant impact of applying this amendment on the consolidated financial statements.

(iii) Levies

The Group has adopted K-IFRS No. 2121, Levies, since January 1, 2014. K-IFRS No. 2121 is an Interpretation of K-IFRS No. 1037, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, on the accounting for levies imposed by governments. K-IFRS No. 1037 sets out criteria for the recognition of a liability, one of which is the requirement for the entity to have a present obligation as a result of a past event (or “obligating event”). K-IFRS No. 2121 clarifies that the obligating event that gives rise to a liability to pay a levy is the activity described in the relevant legislation that triggers the payment of the levy. The interpretation does not provide guidance on the accounting for the costs arising from recognizing the liability to pay a levy. Other K-IFRSs should be applied to determine whether the recognition of a liability to pay a levy gives rise to an asset or an expense. There is no impact of applying this interpretation on the consolidated financial statements.

 

52


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The significant accounting policies followed by the Group in preparation of its consolidated financial statements are as follows:

 

  (a) Consolidation

(i) Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed, or has right to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control commences until the date on which control ceases.

(ii) Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests (“NCI”) are measured at their proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets at the acquisition date.

Changes in the Group’s interest in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions.

(iii) Loss of Control

If the Controlling Company loses control of subsidiaries, the Controlling Company derecognizes the assets and liabilities of the former subsidiaries from the consolidated statement of financial position and recognizes the gain or loss associated with the loss of control attributable to the former controlling interest. Meanwhile, the Controlling Company recognizes any investment retained in the former subsidiaries at its fair value when control is lost.

(iv) Associates and joint ventures (equity method investees)

Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over the financial and operating policies. A joint venture is an arrangement in which the Group has joint control, whereby the Group has rights to the net assets of the arrangement, rather than rights to its assets and obligations for its liabilities.

Investments in associates and joint ventures are initially recognized at cost and subsequently accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The carrying amount of investments in associates and joint ventures is increased or decreased to recognize the Group’s share of the profits or losses and changes in the Group’s proportionate interest of the investee after the date of acquisition. Distributions received from an investee reduce the carrying amount of the investment.

If an associate or joint ventures uses accounting policies different from those of the Controlling Company for like transactions and events in similar circumstances, appropriate adjustments are made to the consolidated financial statements. As of and during the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements, no adjustments were made in applying the equity method.

When the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in an equity accounted investee, the carrying amount of that interest, including any long-term investments, is reduced to nil, and the recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has an obligation or has made payments on behalf of the investee.

 

53


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (a) Consolidation, Continued

 

(v) Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances and transactions, including income and expenses and any unrealized income and expenses and balance of trade accounts and notes receivable and payable arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated. Unrealized gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

 

  (b) Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the Group at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated to the functional currency at the exchange rate on the reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at fair value are retranslated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was originally determined. Foreign currency differences arising on retranslation are recognized in profit or loss, except for differences arising on available-for-sale equity instruments and a financial asset and liability designated as a cash flow hedge, which are recognized in other comprehensive income. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the original transaction. Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items or on translating monetary items at rates different from those at which they were translated on initial recognition are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they arise. Foreign currency differences arising from assets and liabilities in relation to the investing and financing activities including loans, bonds and cash and cash equivalents are recognized in finance income (costs) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and foreign currency differences arising from assets and liabilities in relation to activities other than investing and financing activities are recognized in other non-operating income (expense) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Relevant foreign currency differences are presented in gross amounts in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

If the presentation currency of the Group is different from a foreign operation’s functional currency, the financial position and financial performance of the foreign operation are translated into the presentation currency using the following methods. The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, whose functional currency is not the currency of a hyperinflationary economy, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, are translated to the Group’s functional currency at exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated to the Group’s functional currency at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign currency differences are recognized in other comprehensive income. However, if the operation is a non-wholly-owned subsidiary, then the relevant proportionate share of the translation difference is allocated to the non-controlling interests. When a foreign operation is disposed of in its entirety or partially such that control, significant influence or joint control is lost, the cumulative amount in the translation reserve related to that foreign operation is reclassified to profit or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal. If the Group disposes part of its interest in a subsidiary but retains control, then the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is reattributed to NCI. When the Group disposes of only part of an associate or joint venture while retaining significant influence or joint control, the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss.

 

54


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

Any goodwill arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation and any fair value adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities arising on the acquisition of that foreign operation is treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation. Thus, they are expressed in the functional currency of the foreign operation and translated at the at each reporting date’s exchange rate.

 

  (c) Inventories

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories is based on the weighted-average method, and includes expenditures incurred in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs and other costs incurred in bringing them to their existing location and condition. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated selling expenses. In the case of manufactured inventories and work-in-process, cost includes an appropriate share of production overheads based on the actual capacity of production facilities. However, the normal capacity is used for the allocation of fixed production overheads if the actual level of production is lower than the normal capacity.

 

  (d) Financial Instruments

(i) Non-derivative financial assets

The Group initially recognizes loans and receivables and deposits on the date they are originated. All other non-derivative financial assets, including financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”), are recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

The Group derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows of the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the Group is recognized as a separate asset or liability. If a transfer does not result in derecognition because the Group has retained substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the transferred asset, the Group continues to recognize the transferred asset and recognizes a financial liability for the consideration received. In subsequent periods, the Group recognizes any income on the transferred assets and any expense incurred on the financial liability.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the consolidated statement of financial position when, and only when, the Group has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle them on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

The Group has the following non-derivative financial assets: financial assets at FVTPL, loans and receivables and available-for-sale financial assets.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

A financial asset is classified at FVTPL if it is classified as held for trading or is designated as such upon initial recognition. If a contract contains one or more embedded derivatives, the Group designates the entire hybrid (combined) contract as a financial asset at FVTPL unless: the embedded derivative(s) does not significantly modify the cash flows that otherwise would be required by the contract; or it is clear with little or no analysis when a similar hybrid (combined) instrument is first considered that separation of the embedded derivative(s) is prohibited. Upon initial recognition, attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Financial assets at FVTPL are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss.

 

55


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(i) Non-derivative financial assets, Continued

 

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and short-term highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash.

Deposits in banks

Deposits in banks are those with maturity of more than three months and less than one year and are held for cash management purposes.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. When loans and receivables are recognized initially, the Group measures them at their fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset. Subsequent to initial recognition, loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses. Loans and receivables comprise trade accounts and notes receivable and other accounts receivable.

Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available-for-sale or that are not classified as financial assets at FVTPL, held-to-maturity financial assets or loans and receivables. The Group’s investments in equity securities and certain debt securities are classified as available-for-sale financial assets. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment losses and foreign currency differences on available-for-sale equity instruments, are recognized in other comprehensive income and presented within equity in the fair value reserve. When an investment in available-for-sale financial assets is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss in other comprehensive income is transferred to profit or loss.

Investments in equity instruments that do not have a quoted market price in an active market and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured and whose derivatives are linked to and must be settled by delivery of such unquoted equity instruments are measured at cost.

 

56


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(ii) Non-derivative financial liabilities

The Group classifies financial liabilities into two categories, financial liabilities at FVTPL and other financial liabilities, in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement and the definitions of financial liabilities, and recognizes them in the consolidated statement of financial position when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial liabilities at FVTPL include financial liabilities held for trading or designated as such upon initial recognition at FVTPL. After initial recognition, financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss. Upon initial recognition, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issuance of financial liabilities are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Non-derivative financial liabilities other than financial liabilities classified as FVTPL are classified as other financial liabilities and measured initially at fair value minus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issuance of financial liabilities. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. As of December 31, 2014, non-derivative financial liabilities comprise borrowings, bonds and others.

The Group derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expired.

(iii) Share Capital

The Group only issued common stocks and they are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of common stocks are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of tax effects. Capital contributed in excess of par value upon issuance of common stocks is classified as share premium within equity.

 

57


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(iv) Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss except in the case where the derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges and the hedge is determined to be an effective hedge.

If necessary, the Group designates derivatives as hedging items to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of assets, liabilities or firm commitments (a fair value hedge) and foreign currency risk of highly probable forecasted transactions or firm commitments (a cash flow hedge).

On initial designation of the hedge, management formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument(s) and hedged item(s), including the risk management objectives and strategy in undertaking the hedge transaction, together with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. Management makes an assessment, both at the inception of the hedge relationship as well as on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging instruments are expected to be “highly effective” in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the respective hedged items during the period for which the hedge is designated, and whether the actual results of each hedge are within a range of 80-125 percent. For a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction, the transaction should be highly probable to occur and should present an exposure to variations in cash flows that could ultimately affect reported net income.

Cash flow hedges

When a derivative is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecasted transaction that could affect profit or loss, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity. The amount recognized in other comprehensive income is removed and included in profit or loss in the same period the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss under the same line item in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity remains there until the forecasted transaction affects profit or loss. When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the amount recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to the carrying amount of the asset when the asset is recognized. If the forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the balance in other comprehensive income is recognized immediately in profit or loss. In other cases the amount recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to profit or loss in the same period that the hedged item affects profit or loss.

 

58


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(iv) Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting, Continued

 

Embedded derivative

Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and accounted for separately if the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivative are not closely related, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative, and the combined instrument is not measured at FVTPL. Changes in the fair value of separable embedded derivatives are recognized immediately in profit or loss.

 

  (e) Property, Plant and Equipment

(i) Recognition and measurement

Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes an expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials and direct labor, any costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working condition for their intended use, the costs of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which they are located and borrowing costs on qualifying assets.

The gain or loss arising from the derecognition of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the difference between the net disposal proceeds, if any, and the carrying amount of the item and recognized in other non-operating income or other non-operating expenses.

(ii) Subsequent costs

Subsequent expenditure on an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized as part of its cost only if it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The costs of the day-to-day servicing of property, plant and equipment are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

(iii) Depreciation

Depreciation is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis method, reflecting the pattern in which the asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the Group. The residual value of property, plant and equipment is zero. Land is not depreciated.

Estimated useful lives of the assets are as follows:

 

     Useful lives (years)

Buildings and structures

   20, 40

Machinery

   4, 5

Furniture and fixtures

   3~5

Equipment, tools and vehicles

   3~5, 12

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year-end and adjusted if appropriate and any changes are accounted for as changes in accounting estimates. There were no such changes for all periods presented.

 

59


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (f) Borrowing Costs

The Group capitalizes borrowing costs, which includes interests and exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings to the extent that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs, directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset as part of the cost of that asset. A qualifying asset is an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale. To the extent that the Group borrows funds specifically for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset, the Group determines the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization as the actual borrowing costs incurred on that borrowing during the period less any investment income on the temporary investment of those borrowings. The Group immediately recognizes other borrowing costs as an expense.

 

  (g) Government Grants

In case there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attached to a government grant, the government grant is recognized as follows:

(i) Grants related to the purchase or construction of assets

A government grant related to the purchase or construction of assets is deducted in calculating the carrying amount of the asset. The grant is recognized in profit or loss over the life of a depreciable asset as a reduced depreciation expense and cash related to grant received is presented in investing activities in the statement of cash flows.

(ii) Grants for compensating the Group’s expenses incurred

A government grant that compensates the Group for expenses incurred is recognized in profit or loss as a deduction from relevant expenses on a systematic basis in the periods in which the expenses are recognized.

(iii) Other government grants

A government grant that becomes receivable for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the Group with no compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or no future related costs is recognized as income of the period in which it becomes receivable.

 

  (h) Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are initially measured at cost. Subsequently, intangible assets are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses.

(i) Goodwill

Goodwill arising from business combinations is recognized as the excess of the acquisition cost of investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures over the Group’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Any deficit is a bargain purchase that is recognized in profit or loss. Goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

 

60


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (h) Intangible Assets, Continued

 

(ii) Research and development

Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Development activities involve a plan or design of the production of new or substantially improved products and processes. Development expenditure is capitalized only if the Group can demonstrate all of the following:

 

    the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale,

 

    its intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it,

 

    its ability to use or sell the intangible asset,

 

    how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits. Among other things, the Group can demonstrate the existence of a market for the output of the intangible asset or the intangible asset itself or, if it is to be used internally, the usefulness of the intangible asset,

 

    the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset, and

 

    its ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.

The expenditure capitalized includes the cost of materials, direct labor, overhead costs that are directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use, and borrowing costs on qualifying assets.

(iii) Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets include intellectual property rights, software, customer relationships, technology, memberships and others.

(iv) Subsequent costs

Subsequent expenditure is capitalized only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific intangible asset to which it relates. All other expenditure, including expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

 

61


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (h) Intangible Assets, Continued

 

(v) Amortization

Amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets, other than goodwill, from the date that they are available for use. The residual value of intangible assets is zero. However, as there are no foreseeable limits to the periods over which condominium and golf club memberships are expected to be available for use, these intangible assets are regarded as having indefinite useful lives and not amortized.

 

     Estimated useful lives (years)

Intellectual property rights

   5, 10

Rights to use electricity, water and gas supply facilities

   10

Software

   4

Customer relationships

   7

Technology

   10

Development costs

   (*)

Condominium and golf club memberships

   Not amortized

 

(*) Capitalized development costs are amortized over the useful life considering the life cycle of the developed products. Amortization of capitalized development costs is recognized in research and development expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Amortization periods and the amortization methods for intangible assets with finite useful lives are reviewed at each financial year-end. The useful lives of intangible assets that are not being amortized are reviewed each period to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support indefinite useful life assessments for those assets. If appropriate, the changes are accounted for as changes in accounting estimates.

 

  (i) Impairment

(i) Financial assets

A financial asset not carried at FVTPL is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is objective evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is impaired if objective evidence indicates that a loss event has occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, and that the loss event had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can be estimated reliably.

Objective evidence that financial assets are impaired can include default or delinquency in interest or principal payments by an issuer or a debtor, for economic reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, granting to the borrower a concession that the Group would not otherwise consider, or the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset. In addition, for an investment in an equity security, objective evidence of impairment includes significant financial difficulty of the issuer and a significant or prolonged decline in its fair value below its cost.

 

62


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (i) Impairment, Continued

 

(i) Financial assets, Continued

 

Management considers evidence of impairment for loans and receivables at both a specific asset and collective level. All individually significant loans and receivables are assessed for specific impairment. All individually significant receivables found not to be specifically impaired are then collectively assessed for any impairment that has been incurred but not yet identified. Loans and receivables that are not individually significant are collectively assessed for impairment by grouping together receivables with similar risk characteristics.

In assessing collective impairment the Group uses historical trends of the probability of default, timing of recoveries and the amount of loss incurred, adjusted for management’s judgment as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual losses are likely to be greater or less than suggested by historical trends.

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred on financial assets carried at amortized cost, the amount of the impairment loss is measured as the difference between its carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss and reflected in an allowance account against loans and receivables.

The amount of the impairment loss on financial assets including equity securities carried at cost is measured as the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the current market rate of return for a similar financial asset. Such impairment losses are not reversed.

When a decline in the fair value of an available-for-sale financial asset has been recognized in other comprehensive income the amount of the cumulative loss that is reclassified from equity to profit or loss is the difference between the acquisition cost and current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in profit or loss.

In a subsequent period, for the financial assets recorded at fair value, if the fair value increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized, the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed. The amount of the reversal in financial assets carried at amortized cost and a debt instrument classified as available for sale is recognized in profit or loss. However, impairment loss recognized for an investment in an equity instrument classified as available-for-sale is reversed through other comprehensive income.

 

63


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (i) Impairment, Continued

 

(ii) Non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets, other than assets arising from employee benefits, inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill, and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives or that are not yet available for use, irrespective of whether there is any indication of impairment, the recoverable amount is estimated each year at the same time.

For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the “cash-generating unit”, or “CGU”). The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is determined as the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Fair value less costs to sell is based on the best information available to reflect the amount that the Group could obtain from the disposal of the asset in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, after deducting the costs of disposal.

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Impairment losses recognized in respect of a CGU are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the unit on a pro rata basis.

In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of accumulated depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized. An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed.

 

64


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (j) Provisions

A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.

The risks and uncertainties that inevitably surround events and circumstances are taken into account in reaching the best estimate of a provision. Where the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined at the present value of the expected future cash flows. The unwinding of the discount is recognized as finance cost.

Provisions are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. If it is no longer probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, the provision is reversed.

The Group recognizes a liability for warranty obligations based on the estimated costs expected to be incurred under its basic limited warranty. This warranty covers defective products and is normally applicable for eighteen months from the date of purchase. These liabilities are accrued when product revenues are recognized. Factors that affect the Group’s warranty liability include historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims on those repairs and cost per claim to satisfy the Group’s warranty obligation. Warranty costs primarily include raw materials and labor costs. As these factors are impacted by actual experience and future expectations, management periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary. Accrued warranty obligations are included in the current and non-current provisions.

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources, are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment and/or remediation can be reasonably estimated.

 

  (k) Employee Benefits

(i) Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits that are due to be settled within twelve months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognized in profit or loss on an undiscounted basis. The expected cost of profit-sharing and bonus plans and others are recognized when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to make payments as a result of past events and a reliable estimate of the obligation can be made.

(ii) Other long-term employee benefits

The Group’s net obligation in respect of long-term employee benefits other than pension plans is the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods.

 

65


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (k) Employee Benefits, Continued

 

(iii) Defined contribution plan

A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in profit or loss in the periods during which services are rendered by employees.

(iv) Defined benefit plan

A defined benefit plan is a post-employment benefit plan other than defined contribution plans. The Group’s net obligation in respect of its defined benefit plan is calculated by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is discounted to determine its present value. The fair value of any plan assets is deducted.

The calculation is performed annually by an independent actuary using the projected unit credit method. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on high quality corporate bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Group’s obligations and that are denominated in the same currency in which the benefits are expected to be paid. The Group recognizes all actuarial gains and losses arising from defined benefit plans in retained earnings immediately.

The Group determines the net interest expense (income) on the net defined benefit liability (asset) for the period by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined benefit liability (asset), taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit liability (asset) during the period as a result of contributions and benefit payments. Consequently, the net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset) now comprises: interest cost on the defined benefit obligation, interest income on plan assets, and interest on the effect on the asset ceiling.

When the benefits of a plan are changed or when a plan is curtailed, the resulting change in benefit that relates to past service or the gain or loss on curtailment is recognized immediately in profit or loss. The Group recognizes gains and losses on the settlement of a defined benefit plan when the settlement occurs.

 

  (l) Revenue

Revenue from the sale of goods in the course of ordinary activities is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, net of estimated returns, earned trade discounts, volume rebates and other cash incentives paid to customers. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence exists that the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer, generally on delivery and acceptance at the customers’ premises, recovery of the consideration is probable, the associated costs and possible return of goods can be estimated reliably, there is no continuing management involvement with the goods, and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. If it is probable that discounts will be granted and the amount can be measured reliably, then the discount is recognized as a reduction of revenue when the sales are recognized. Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and therefore are excluded from revenues in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

 

66


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (m) Operating Segments

An operating segment is a component of the Group that: 1) engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with other components of the group, 2) whose operating results are reviewed regularly by the Group’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in order to allocate resources and assess its performance, and 3) for which discrete financial information is available. Management has determined that the CODM of the Group is the Board of Directors. The CODM does not receive and therefore does not review discrete financial information for any component of the Group. Consequently, no operating segment information is included in these consolidated financial statements. Entity wide disclosures of geographic and product revenue information are provided in note 23 to these consolidated financial statements.

 

  (n) Finance Income and Finance Costs

Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested (including available-for-sale financial assets), dividend income, gains on the disposal of available-for-sale financial assets, changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVTPL, and gains on hedging instruments that are recognized in profit or loss. Interest income is recognized as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognized in profit or loss on the date that the Group’s right to receive payment is established.

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwinding of the discount on provisions, changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVTPL, impairment losses recognized on financial assets, and losses on hedging instruments that are recognized in profit or loss. Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset.

 

  (o) Income Tax

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax and deferred tax are recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.

(i) Current tax

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable profit or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. The taxable profit is different from the accounting profit for the period since the taxable profit is calculated excluding the temporary differences, which will be taxable or deductible in determining taxable profit (tax loss) of future periods, and non-taxable or non-deductible items from the accounting profit.

 

67


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (o) Income Tax, Continued

 

(ii) Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized, using the liability method, in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. However, deferred tax is not recognized for taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

The Group recognizes a deferred tax liability for all taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates, and interests in joint ventures, except to the extent that the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. A deferred tax asset is recognized for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that the differences relating to investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilized.

Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

The Group offsets deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities if, and only if the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and the deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend either to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis, or to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

 

  (p) Earnings Per Share

The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) data for its common stocks. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Controlling Company by the weighted average number of common stocks outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of common stocks outstanding, adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential common stocks, which comprise convertible bonds.

 

68


Table of Contents
4. Determination of Fair Value

A number of the Group’s accounting policies and disclosures require the determination of fair value, for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. Fair values have been determined for measurement and/or disclosure purposes based on the following methods. When applicable, further information about the assumptions made in determining fair values is disclosed in the notes specific to that asset or liability.

 

  (a) Current Assets and Liabilities

The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

 

  (b) Trade Receivables and Other Receivables

The fair value of trade and other receivables is estimated as the present value of future cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. This fair value is determined for disclosure purposes. The carrying amounts of short-term receivables approximate fair value.

 

  (c) Investments in Equity and Debt Securities

The fair value of marketable available-for-sale financial assets is determined by reference to their quoted closing bid price at the reporting date. The fair value of non-marketable securities is determined using valuation methods.

 

  (d) Non-derivative Financial Liabilities

Fair value, which is determined for disclosure purposes, except for the liabilities at FVTPL, is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date.

 

5. Risk Management

 

  (a) Financial Risk Management

The Group is exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risks. The Group identifies and analyzes such risks, and controls are implemented under a risk management system to monitor and manage these risks at below a threshold level.

(i) Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations, and arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers.

The Group’s exposure to credit risk of trade and other receivables is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. However, management believes that the demographics of the Group’s customer base, including the default risk of the country in which customers operate, do not have a significant influence on credit risk since the majority of the customers are global electronic appliance manufacturers operating in global markets.

 

69


Table of Contents
5. Risk Management, Continued

 

The Group establishes credit limits for each customer and each new customer is analyzed quantitatively and qualitatively before determining whether to utilize third party guarantees, insurance or factoring as appropriate.

The Group does not establish allowances for receivables under insurance or receivables from customers with a high credit rating. For the rest of the receivables, the Group establishes an allowance for impairment of trade and other receivables that have been individually or collectively evaluated for impairment and estimated on the basis of historical loss experience for assets.

(ii) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation.

The Group has historically been able to satisfy its cash requirements from cash flows from operations and debt and equity financing. To the extent that the Group does not generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet its capital requirements, the Group may rely on other financing activities, such as external long-term borrowings and offerings of debt securities, equity-linked and other debt securities. In addition, the Group maintains a line of credit with various banks.

(iii) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices, will affect the Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.

 

70


Table of Contents
5. Risk Management, Continued

 

  (a) Financial Risk Management, Continued

 

i) Currency risk

The Group is exposed to currency risk on sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the Group, Korean won (KRW). The currencies in which these transactions primarily are denominated are USD, EUR, JPY, etc.

Interest on borrowings is denominated in the currency of the borrowing. Generally, borrowings are denominated in currencies that match the cash flows generated by the underlying operations of the Group, primarily KRW and USD.

In respect of other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, the Group adopts policies to ensure that its net exposure is kept to an acceptable level by buying or selling foreign currencies at spot rates when necessary to address short-term imbalances.

ii) Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk arises principally from the Group’s debentures and borrowings. The Group establishes and applies its policy to reduce uncertainty arising from fluctuations in the interest rate and to minimize finance cost and manages interest rate risk by monitoring of trends of fluctuations in interest rate and establishing plan for countermeasures.

 

  (b) Capital Management

Management’s policy is to maintain a capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain future development of the business. Liabilities to equity ratio, net borrowings to equity ratio and other financial ratios are used by management to achieve an optimal capital structure. Management also monitors the return on capital as well as the level of dividends to ordinary shareholders. Equity, defined by K-IFRS, is identical to the definition of capital, managed by management.

 

(In millions of won)            
    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  

Total liabilities

    11,183,613            10,917,864   

Total equity

    11,783,410        10,797,420   

Cash and deposits in banks (*1)

    2,416,321        2,323,409   

Borrowings (including bonds)

    4,247,386        3,902,779   

Total liabilities to equity ratio

    95     101

Net borrowings to equity ratio (*2)

    16     15

 

(*1) Cash and deposits in banks consist of cash and cash equivalents and current deposit in banks.
(*2) Net borrowings to equity ratio is calculated by dividing total borrowings (including bonds) less cash and current deposits in banks by total equity.

 

71


Table of Contents
6. Cash and Cash Equivalents and Deposits in Banks

Cash and cash equivalents and deposits in banks at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

     

Demand deposits

   889,839         1,021,870   

Deposits in banks

     

Time deposits

   1,453,677         1,231,539   

Restricted cash (*)

     72,805         70,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  1,526,482      1,301,539   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

Deposits in banks

Restricted cash (*)

  8,427      13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
2,424,748      2,323,422   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) Restricted cash includes mutual growth fund to aid LG Group’s second and third-tier suppliers, and others.

 

72


Table of Contents
7. Receivables and Other Current Assets

 

  (a) Trade accounts and notes receivable at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Trade, net

  2,572,880         2,441,087   

Due from related parties

    871,597         687,539   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  3,444,477      3,128,626   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Other accounts receivable at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Current assets

    

Non-trade accounts receivable, net

  101,027         79,055   

Accrued income

    18,451         10,482   

Short-term loans

    —           8   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  119,478      89,545   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due from related parties included in other accounts receivable, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are ₩13,694 million and ₩5,005 million, respectively.

 

  (c) Other assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Current assets

    

Advance payments

  11,960         10,854   

Prepaid expenses

    48,858         50,234   

Value added tax refundable

    435,847         187,337   

Others

    —           3,557   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
496,665      251,982   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

Long-term prepaid expenses

257,769      213,682   

Others

  2,900      3,500   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  260,669      217,182   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents
8. Inventories

Inventories at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Finished goods

  1,200,592         733,987   

Work-in-process

    745,614         605,718   

Raw materials

    426,380         261,947   

Supplies

    381,512         331,589   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  2,754,098      1,933,241   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the amount of inventories recognized as cost of sales, inventory write-downs and reversal and usage of inventory write-downs included in cost of sales is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   2014      2013  

Inventories recognized as cost of sales

    22,667,134         23,524,851   

Including: inventory write-downs

    332,699         211,363   

Including: reversal and usage of inventory write downs

    (211,363      (135,720

There were no significant reversals of inventory write-downs recognized during 2014 and 2013.

 

74


Table of Contents
9. Other Financial Assets

 

  (a) Other financial assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Current assets

    

Deposits

  681         919   

Available-for-sale financial assets

    2,569         —     
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
3,250      919   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

Available-for-sale financial assets

6,831      16,908   

Deposits

  18,921      20,520   

Long-term other accounts receivable

  7,859      8,818   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  33,611      46,246   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Available-for-sale financial assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Current assets

    

Debt securities

    

Government bonds

  2,569         —     

Non-current assets

    

Debt securities

    

Government bonds

  668         2,838   

Equity securities

    

Intellectual Discovery, Ltd.

  2,673         2,673   

Siliconworks Co., Ltd.

    —           11,281   

Henghao Technology Co., Ltd.

    3,372         —     

Other

    118         116   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  6,163      14,070   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  9,400      16,908   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents
10. Investments in Equity Accounted Investees

 

  (a) Investments in equity accounted investees consist of the following:

 

(in millions of won)      
    Carrying value  

Company

  December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

  138,912         134,508   

Global OLED Technology LLC

    28,733         31,162   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

    77,162         79,417   

TLI Inc. (*)

    5,400         5,596   

AVACO Co., Ltd. (*)

    11,680         8,892   

New Optics Ltd.

    41,199         34,095   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.(*)

    2,094         1,523   

WooRee E&L Co. Ltd (*)

    23,111         27,273   

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No.16

    14,396         19,483   

Can Yang Investments Limited

    9,467         11,754   

YAS Co., Ltd.

    11,019         9,826   

Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd.

    —           1,830   

Narenanotech Corporation

    25,503         25,497   

AVATEC Co., Ltd.(*)

    18,773         15,680   

Glonix Co., Ltd.

    195         —     
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  407,644      406,536   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) Based on quoted market prices at December 31, 2014, the fair values of the investments in TLI Inc., AVACO Co., Ltd., LIG ADP Co., Ltd., WooRee E&L Co. Ltd., and AVATEC Co., Ltd., which are listed companies on the Korea Exchange, are ₩6,891 million, ₩10,437 million, ₩12,630 million, ₩14,688 million and ₩31,270 million, respectively.

Dividends received from equity accounted investees for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 amounted to ₩1,058 million and ₩14,276 million, respectively.

 

76


Table of Contents
10. Investments in Equity Accounted Investees, Continued

 

  (b) Summary of financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 of significant joint venture are as follows.

(i) Summary of financial information

 

    Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Total assets

  473,486         624,546   

Current assets

    373,640         513,044   

Non-current assets

    99,846         111,502   

Total liabilities

    199,313         360,146   

Current liabilities

    199,313         360,146   
(In millions of won)   2014      2013  

Revenue

    1,177,261         1,789,364   

Profit for the year

    5,452         8,077   

Other comprehensive income

    4,321         3,024   

Total comprehensive income

    9,773         11,101   

(ii) Additional financial information

 

    Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Cash and cash equivalents

    18,648         28,165   
(In millions of won)   2014      2013  

Depreciation

  9,611         11,607   

Amortization

    531         619   

Interest income

    4,043         2,323   

Interest expense

    17         307   

Income tax expense

    2,704         2,070   

 

77


Table of Contents
10. Investments in Equity Accounted Investees, Continued

 

  (c) Reconciliation from financial information of significant joint ventures to their carrying value in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

(i) As of December 31, 2014

 

(In millions of won)                                

Company

  Net asset      Ownership
interest
    Net asset
(applying
ownership
interest)
     Intra-group
transaction
    Book value  

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

    274,173         51     139,828         (916     138,912   

(ii) As of December 31, 2013

 

(In millions of won)                                

Company

  Net asset      Ownership
interest
    Net asset
(applying
ownership
interest)
     Intra-group
transaction
    Book value  

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

    264,400         51     134,844         (336     134,508   

 

  (d) Book value of individually non-significant joint ventures and associates in aggregate is as follows:

(i) As of December 31, 2014

 

(In millions of won)                           
    Book value      Net profit (loss) of joint ventures and associates
(applying ownership interest)
 
     Profit (loss) for
the year
     Other
comprehensive
income (loss)
     Total
comprehensive
income (loss)
 

Individually non-significant joint venture

  28,733         (3,461      1,032         (2,429

Individually non-significant associates

      239,999         19,224         (10,369      8,855   

(ii) As of December 31, 2013

 

(In millions of won)                           
    Book value      Net profit (loss) of joint ventures and associates
(applying ownership interest)
 
     Profit (loss) for
the year
     Other
comprehensive
loss
     Total
comprehensive
income (loss)
 

Individually non-significant joint venture

  31,162         (4,388      (554      (4,942

Individually non-significant associates

      240,866         22,952         (20,773      2,179   

 

78


Table of Contents
10. Investments in Equity Accounted Investees, Continued

 

  (e) Changes in investments in equity accounted investees for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)      
    2014  

Company

  January 1      Acquisition/
Disposal
    Dividends
received
    Equity income
(loss) on
investments
    Other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Other gain
(loss)
     December 31  

Joint venture

  

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

  134,508         —          —          2,200        2,204        —           138,912   

Associates

  

Individually non-significant joint venture

    31,162         —          —          (3,461     1,032        —           28,733   
  

Individually non-significant associates

    240,866         (8,664     (1,058     19,224        (10,369     —           239,999   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
  406,536      (8,664   (1,058   17,963      (7,133   —        407,644   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
(In millions of won)      
    2013  

Company

  January 1      Acquisition/
Disposal
    Dividends
received
    Equity income
(loss) on
investments
    Other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Other gain
(loss)
     December 31  

Joint venture

  

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

  128,751         11,918        (12,804     5,101        1,542        —           134,508   

Associates

  

Individually non-significant joint venture

    39,760         (3,656     —          (4,388     (554     —           31,162   
  

Individually non-significant associates

    233,647         5,381        (1,472     22,952        (20,773     1,131         240,866   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
402,158      13,643      (14,276   23,665      (19,785   1,131      406,536   
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents
11. Property, Plant and Equipment

Changes in property, plant and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                          
    Land     Buildings
and
structures
    Machinery
and
equipment
    Furniture
and
fixtures
    Construction-
in-progress

(*1)
    Others     Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2014

  438,375        5,620,915        31,533,365        785,971        2,745,587        269,320        41,393,533   

Accumulated depreciation as of January 1, 2014

    —          (1,570,196     (27,108,971     (686,312     —          (218,867     (29,584,346

Accumulated impairment loss as of January 1, 2014

  —          —          (839     (1     —          (13     (853
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2014

    438,375      4,050,719      4,423,555      99,658      2,745,587      50,440      11,808,334   

Additions

  —        —        —        —        2,868,331      —        2,868,331   

Depreciation

  —        (269,049   (2,878,246   (55,090   —        (19,700   (3,222,085

Impairment loss

  —        —        (8,097   —        —        —        (8,097

Disposals

  (3,778   (9,507   (14,786   (124   (4,414   (222   (32,831

Change due to disposal of a subsidiary

  —        —        (3,280   (2,453   —        (782   (6,515

Others (*2)

  4      336,522      4,052,158      66,809      (4,477,903   22,410      —     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

  —        5,814      47,454      317      (8,852   420      45,153   

Subsidy received

  —        —        (49,424   —        —        —        (49,424
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2014

434,601      4,114,499      5,569,334      109,117      1,122,749      52,566      11,402,866   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2014

434,601      5,952,542      35,359,577      833,458      1,122,749      236,323      43,939,250   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2014

—        (1,838,043   (29,782,076   (724,340   —        (183,744   (32,528,203
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2014

—        —        (8,167   (1   —        (13   (8,181
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) As of December 31, 2014, construction-in-progress relates to construction of manufacturing facilities.
(*2) Others are mainly amounts transferred from construction-in-progress.

 

80


Table of Contents
11. Property, Plant and Equipment, Continued

 

Changes in property, plant and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                          
    Land     Buildings
and
structures
    Machinery
and
equipment
    Furniture
and
fixtures
    Construction-
in-progress

(*1)
    Others     Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2013

    440,992        5,546,497        31,490,302        755,948        966,902        256,806        39,457,447   

Accumulated depreciation as of January 1, 2013

    —          (1,299,436     (24,228,377     (624,950     —          (197,173     (26,349,936

Accumulated impairment loss as of January 1, 2013

  —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2013

  440,992      4,247,061      7,261,925      130,998      966,902      59,633      13,107,511   

Additions

  —        —        —        —        2,390,259      —        2,390,259   

Depreciation

  —        (268,494   (3,244,953   (65,210   —        (19,815   (3,598,472

Impairment loss

  —        —        (839   (1   —        (13   (853

Disposals

  (3,579   (8,521   (18,873   (478   —        (406   (31,857

Others (*2)

  962      82,952      434,039      34,434      (563,453   11,066      —     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

  —        (535   (7,744   (85   9,764      (25   1,375   

Subsidy received

  —        (1,744   —        —        (57,885   —        (59,629
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2013

438,375      4,050,719      4,423,555      99,658      2,745,587      50,440      11,808,334   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2013

438,375      5,620,915      31,533,365      785,971      2,745,587      269,320      41,393,533   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2013

—        (1,570,196   (27,108,971   (686,312   —        (218,867   (29,584,346
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2013

—        —        (839   (1   —        (13   (853
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) As of December 31, 2013, construction-in-progress relates to construction of manufacturing facilities.
(*2) Others are mainly amounts transferred from construction-in-progress.

The capitalized borrowing costs and capitalization rate for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)      
    2014     2013  

Capitalized borrowing costs

    35,771        26,144   

Capitalization rate

    4.23     4.56

 

81


Table of Contents
12. Intangible Assets

Changes in intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   Intellectual
property
rights
    Software     Memberships     Development
costs
    Construction-
in-progress
(software)
    Customer
relationships
    Technology     Goodwill     Others
(*2)
    Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2014

  561,400        524,759        50,258        617,355        10,704        24,011        11,074        14,593        13,089        1,827,243   

Accumulated amortization as of January 1, 2014

    (467,707     (398,752     —          (454,112     —          (12,591     (4,065     —          (12,581     (1,349,808

Accumulated impairment loss as of January 1, 2014

  —          —          (9,250     —          —          —          —          —          —          (9,250
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2014

  93,693      126,007      41,008      163,243      10,704      11,420      7,009      14,593      508      468,185   

Additions - internally developed

  —        —        —        267,081      —        —        —        —        —        267,081   

Additions - external purchases

  26,160      —        —        —        84,797      —        —        —        —        110,957   

Amortization (*1)

  (17,754   (70,802   —        (176,700   —        (3,428   (1,106   —        (436   (270,226

Disposals

  (672   —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        (672

Change due to disposal of a subsidiary

  —        (514   —        —        —        —        —        —        —        (514

Impairment loss

  —        —        (492   —        —        —        —        —        —        (492

Transfer from construction-in-progress

  —        90,274      —        —        (90,274   —        —        —        —        —     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

  —        2,331      —        —        20      —        —        —        —        2,351   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2014

101,427      147,296      40,516      253,624      5,247      7,992      5,903      14,593      72      576,670   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2014

587,068      611,149      50,258      884,436      5,247      24,011      11,074      14,593      13,089      2,200,925   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2014

  (485,641   (463,853   —        (630,812   —        (16,019   (5,171   —        (13,017   (1,614,513
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2014

—        —        (9,742   —        —        —        —        —        —        (9,742
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) The Group has classified the amortization as manufacturing overhead costs, selling expenses, administrative expenses and research and development expenses.
(*2) Others mainly consist of rights to use of electricity and gas supply facilities.

 

82


Table of Contents
12. Intangible Assets, Continued

 

Changes in intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   Intellectual
property
rights
    Software     Memberships     Development
costs
    Construction-
in-progress
(software)
    Customer
relationships
    Technology     Goodwill     Others
(*2)
    Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2013

  542,952        470,074        50,233        529,349        2,222        24,011        11,074        23,912        13,077        1,666,904   

Accumulated amortization as of January 1, 2013

    (456,756     (311,216     —          (332,873     —          (9,164     (2,958     —          (11,788     (1,124,755

Accumulated impairment loss as of January 1, 2013

  —          —          (7,928     (27,300     —          —          —          (9,319     —          (44,547
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2013

  86,196      158,858      42,305      169,176      2,222      14,847      8,116      14,593      1,289      497,602   

Additions - internally developed

  —        —        —        123,271      —        —        —        —        —        123,271   

Additions - external purchases

  22,996      —        1,248      —        62,709      —        —        —        3      86,956   

Amortization (*1)

  (15,214   (87,164   —        (128,350   —        (3,427   (1,107   —        (784   (236,046

Disposals

  (285   —        (1,215   (854   —        —        —        —        —        (2,354

Impairment loss

  —        (35   (1,330   —        —        —        —        —        —        (1,365

Transfer from construction-in-progress

  —        54,227      —        —        (54,227   —        —        —        —        —     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

  —        121      —        —        —        —        —        —        —        121   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2013

93,693      126,007      41,008      163,243      10,704      11,420      7,009      14,593      508      468,185   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2013

561,400      524,759      50,258      617,355      10,704      24,011      11,074      14,593      13,089      1,827,243   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2013

  (467,707   (398,752   —        (454,112   —        (12,591   (4,065   —        (12,581   (1,349,808
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2013

—        —        (9,250   —        —        —        —        —        —        (9,250
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) The Group has classified the amortization as manufacturing overhead costs, selling expenses, administrative expenses and research and development expenses.
(*2) Others mainly consist of rights to use of electricity and gas supply facilities.

 

83


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments

 

  (a) Credit Risk

(i) Exposure to credit risk

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Cash and cash equivalents

  889,839         1,021,870   

Deposits in banks

    1,534,909         1,301,552   

Trade accounts and notes receivable, net

    3,444,477         3,128,626   

Other accounts receivable, net

    119,478         89,545   

Available-for-sale financial assets

    3,237         2,838   

Other non-current financial assets

    7,859         8,818   

Deposits

    19,602         21,439   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  6,019,401      5,574,688   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade accounts and notes receivable at the reporting date by geographic region is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Domestic

  406,163         264,703   

Euro-zone countries

    309,296         302,920   

Japan

    135,972         111,397   

United States

    1,300,700         1,048,005   

China

    746,111         784,597   

Taiwan

    378,272         438,929   

Others

    167,963         178,075   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  3,444,477      3,128,626   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(ii) Impairment loss

The aging of trade accounts and notes receivable at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  
    Book
value
     Impairment
loss
     Book
value
     Impairment
loss
 

Not past due

    3,412,933         (762      3,091,184         (317

Past due 1-15 days

    26,220         (30      30,005         (8

Past due 16-30 days

    4,130         (13      7,504         (1

Past due 31-60 days

    1,830         (18      82         (1

Past due more than 60 days

    189         (2      181         (3
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
3,445,302      (825   3,128,956      (330
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of receivables for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)  
    2014      2013  

Balance at the beginning of the year

  330         1,019   

(Reversal of) Bad debt expense

    495         (689
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

  825      330   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (b) Liquidity Risk

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments, as of December 31, 2014.

 

(In millions of won)          Contractual cash flows  
    Carrying
amount
     Total      6 months
or less
     6-12
months
     1-2 years      2-5 years      More than 5
years
 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

                   

Secured bank loan

  649,140         720,878         9,927         10,092         20,073         680,786         —     

Unsecured bank loans

    1,003,563         1,021,287         266,552         99,823         393,746         260,548         618   

Unsecured bond issues

    2,594,683         2,799,414         249,662         454,352         1,060,631         1,034,769         —     

Trade accounts and notes payable

    3,391,635         3,391,635         3,391,635         —           —           —           —     

Other accounts payable

    1,494,095         1,494,208         1,481,243         12,965         —           —           —     

Other non-current liabilities

    12,924         14,092         —           —           10,760         3,332         —     
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  9,146,040      9,441,514      5,399,019      577,232      1,485,210      1,979,435      618   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

It is not expected that the cash flows included in the maturity analysis could occur significantly earlier, or at significantly different amounts.

 

86


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (c) Currency Risk

(i) Exposure to currency risk

The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk based on notional amounts at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions)    December 31, 2014  
     USD     JPY     CNY     TWD     EUR     PLN     BRL  

Cash and cash equivalents

     507        1,221        1,565        146        1        79        —     

Trade accounts and notes receivable

     2,737        682        962        —          —          —          —     

Other accounts receivable

     13        —          205        1        21        —          —     

Long-term other accounts receivable

     6        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Other assets denominated in foreign currencies

     1        255        18        7        —          —          —     

Trade accounts and notes payable

     (1,750     (21,468     (1,233     —          —          —          —     

Other accounts payable

     (268     (6,056     (1,522     (128     (20     (11     (34

Long-term other accounts payable

     —          —          (1     —          —          —          —     

Debt

     (1,508     —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net exposure

  (262   (25,366   (6   26      2      68      (34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(In millions)    December 31, 2013  
     USD     JPY     CNY     TWD     EUR     PLN     SGD  

Cash and cash equivalents

     710        1,961        1,108        20        20        38        —     

Deposits in banks

     —          —          —          —          20        —          —     

Trade accounts and notes receivable

     2,463        6,410        1,391        6        19        17        —     

Other accounts receivable

     5        —          160        —          2        —          —     

Long-term other accounts receivable

     8        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Available-for-sale financial assets

     —          —          —          3        —          —          —     

Other assets denominated in foreign currencies

     1        170        20        8        —          —          1   

Trade accounts and notes payable

     (1,858     (30,834     (1,858     (11     (15     —          —     

Other accounts payable

     (191     (4,404     (1,528     (12     (34     (8     —     

Debt

     (715     —          (31     —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net exposure

  423      (26,697   (738   14      12      47      1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

Significant exchange rates applied during the reporting periods are as follows:

 

(In won)    Average rate      Reporting date spot rate  
     2014      2013      December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2013
 

USD

     1,052.70         1,094.79         1,099.20         1,055.30   

JPY

     9.96         11.23         9.20         10.05   

CNY

     170.83         178.06         176.81         174.09   

TWD

     34.73         36.89         34.69         35.32   

EUR

     1,398.37         1,453.39         1,336.52         1,456.26   

PLN

     334.20         346.39         312.49         351.11   

SGD

     830.71         875.08         831.75         832.75   

BRL

     448.16         509.26         413.62         446.75   

(ii) Sensitivity analysis

A weaker won, as indicated below, against the following currencies which comprise the Group’s assets or liabilities denominated in a foreign currency as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, would have increased (decreased) equity and profit or loss by the amounts shown below. This analysis is based on foreign currency exchange rate variances that the Group considers to be reasonably possible as of the end of the reporting period. The analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, would remain constant. The changes in equity and profit or loss would have been as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  
    Equity      Profit
or loss
     Equity      Profit
or loss
 

USD (5 percent weakening)

    ₩  (15,674      3,829         15,198         22,224   

JPY (5 percent weakening)

    (9,701      (6,169      (11,007      (7,526

CNY (5 percent weakening)

    197         (757      (6,267      (515

TWD (5 percent weakening)

    46         —           28         (4

EUR (5 percent weakening)

    (360      1,511         250         1,877   

PLN (5 percent weakening)

    981         242         669         494   

SGD (5 percent weakening)

    —           —           31         —     

BRL (5 percent weakening)

    (533      (533      —           —     

A stronger won against the above currencies as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 would have had the equal but opposite effect on the above currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.

 

88


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (d) Interest Rate Risk

(i) Profile

The interest rate profile of the Group’s interest-bearing financial instruments at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Fixed rate instruments

    

Financial assets

  2,427,972         2,326,247   

Financial liabilities

    (2,822,170      (3,156,590
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
(394,198   (830,343
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Variable rate instruments

Financial liabilities

  (1,425,216   (746,189
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

(ii) Equity and profit or loss sensitivity analysis for variable rate instruments

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 a change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased (decreased) equity and profit or loss by the amounts shown below for the respective following years. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant.

 

(In millions of won)                           
    Equity      Profit or loss  
    1%
increase
     1%
decrease
     1%
increase
     1%
decrease
 

December 31, 2014

          

Variable rate instruments

    (10,803      10,803         (10,803      10,803   

December 31, 2013

          

Variable rate instruments

  (5,656      5,656         (5,656      5,656   

 

89


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (e) Fair Values

(i) Fair values versus carrying amounts

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the consolidated statement of financial position, are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
    Carrying
amounts
     Fair
values
    Carrying
amounts
     Fair
values
 

Assets carried at fair value

         

Available-for-sale financial assets

  3,237         3,237        14,235         14,235   

Assets carried at amortized cost

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  889,839              (*)      1,021,870              (*) 

Deposits in banks

    1,534,909              (*)      1,301,552              (*) 

Trade accounts and notes receivable

    3,444,477              (*)      3,128,626              (*) 

Other accounts receivable

    119,478              (*)      89,545              (*) 

Other non-current financial assets

    7,859              (*)      8,818              (*) 

Deposits

    19,602              (*)      21,439              (*) 

Liabilities carried at amortized cost

         

Secured bank loans

  649,140         649,140        26,383         26,383   

Unsecured bank loans

      1,003,563         1,003,590        1,241,981         1,266,521   

Unsecured bond issues

    2,594,683         2,667,092        2,634,415         2,689,697   

Trade accounts and notes payable

    3,391,635              (*)      2,999,522              (*) 

Other accounts payable

    1,494,095         1,493,869        1,374,664         1,374,719   

Other non-current liabilities

    12,924         13,376        9,879         9,959   

 

(*) Excluded from disclosures as the carrying amount approximates fair value.

The basis for determining fair values is disclosed in note 4.

 

90


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (e) Fair Values, Continued

 

(ii) Financial Instruments measured at cost

Available-for-sale financial assets measured at cost as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Intellectual Discovery Co., Ltd.

  2,673         2,673   

ARCH Venture Fund Vill, L.P.

    118         —     

Henghao Technology Co., Ltd.

    3,372         —     
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  6,163      2,673   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

(iii) Fair values of financial assets and liabilities

i) Fair value hierarchy

The table below analyzes financial instruments carried at fair value based on the input variables used in the valuation method to measure fair value of assets and liabilities. The different levels have been defined as follows:

 

    Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

    Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly

 

    Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data

ii) Financial instruments measured at fair value

Fair value hierarchy classifications of the financial instruments that are measured at fair value as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                           
    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

December 31, 2014

          

Assets

          

Available-for-sale financial assets

  3,237         —           —           3,237   
(In millions of won)                           
    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

December 31, 2013

          

Assets

          

Available-for-sale financial assets

    14,235         —           —           14,235   

 

91


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (e) Fair Values, Continued

 

iii) Financial instruments not measured at fair value but for which the fair value is disclosed

Fair value hierarchy classifications, valuation technique and inputs for fair value measurements of the financial instruments not measured at fair value but for which the fair value is disclosed as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2014      Valuation     

Classification

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      technique    Input

Liabilities

              

Secured bank loan

     —           —           649,140       Discounted
cash flow
   Discount rate

Unsecured bank loans

     —           —           1,003,590       Discounted
cash flow
   Discount rate

Unsecured bond issues

     —           —           2,667,092       Discounted
cash flow
   Discount rate

Other accounts payable

     —           —           1,493,869       Discounted
cash flow
   Discount rate

Other non-current liabilities

     —           —           13,376       Discounted
cash flow
   Discount rate

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2013      Valuation    Input

Classification

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      technique   

 

Liabilities

              

Secured bank loan

     —           —           26,383       Discounted
cash flow
   Discount rate

Unsecured bank loans

     —           —           1,266,521       Discounted
cash flow
   Discount rate

Unsecured bond issues

     —           —           2,689,697       Discounted
cash flow
   Discount rate

Other accounts payable

     —           —           1,374,719       Discounted
cash flow
   Discount rate

Other non-current liabilities

     —           —           9,959       Discounted
cash flow
   Discount rate

The significant interest rates applied for determination of the above fair value at the reporting date are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2014    December 31, 2013

Debentures, loans and others

   2.23%~2.60%    2.81%~3.84%

 

92


Table of Contents
14. Financial Liabilities

 

  (a) Financial liabilities at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Current

     

Short-term borrowings

   223,626         21,090   

Current portion of long-term debt

     744,283         886,852   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
967,909      907,942   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current

Won denominated borrowings

4,452      503,968   

Foreign currency denominated borrowings

  1,289,837      495,991   

Bonds

  1,985,188      1,994,878   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  3,279,477      2,994,837   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Short-term borrowings at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won, USD and CNY)         

Lender

   Annual interest rate
as of
December 31, 2014 (%)
   December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Korea Development Bank and others (*)

   0.49~0.52    219,839         —     

Woori Bank

   —        —           90   

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China and others

   0.66      3,787         21,000   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign currency equivalent

USD  203    USD  15   
  —      CNY  31   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
  223,626      21,090   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) The Group recognized ₩3,993 million as interest expense in relation to the above short-term borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

93


Table of Contents
14. Financial Liabilities, Continued

 

  (c) Won denominated long-term debt at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                  

Lender

  

Annual interest rate

as of

December 31, 2014 (%)

  December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2013
 

Woori Bank and others

   3-year Korean Treasury Bond
rate less 1.25, 2.75
  7,336         11,932   

Korea Development Bank and others

   4.51~4.96     —           496,632   

Less current portion of long-term debt

         (2,884      (4,596
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
4,452      503,968   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (d) Foreign currency denominated long-term debt at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won and USD)                  

Lender

  

Annual interest rate

as of

December 31, 2014 (%)(*)

  December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2013
 

China Construction Bank and others

   3ML+0.90~2.80   1,421,741         738,710   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign currency equivalent

USD 1,305    USD 700   

Less current portion of long-term debt

    (131,904   (242,719
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
1,289,837      495,991   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) ML represents Month LIBOR (London Inter-Bank Offered Rates).

 

94


Table of Contents
14. Financial Liabilities, Continued

 

  (e) Details of bonds issued and outstanding at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                       
    

Maturity

  

Annual interest rate

as of

December 31, 2014
(%)

  December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2013
 

Won denominated bonds (*)

          

Publicly issued bonds

   June 2015~

October
2019

   2.40~5.89   2,600,000         2,640,000   

Less discount on bonds

          (5,317      (5,585

Less current portion

          (609,495      (639,537
       

 

 

    

 

 

 
  1,985,188      1,994,878   
       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) Principal of the won denominated bonds is to be repaid at maturity and interests are paid quarterly in arrears.

 

95


Table of Contents
15. The Nature of Expenses and Others

The classification of expenses by nature for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Changes in inventories

  (820,857      456,766   

Purchases of raw materials, merchandise and others

    14,384,289         14,293,048   

Depreciation and amortization

    3,492,311         3,834,518   

Outsourcing fees

    1,084,460         736,744   

Labor cost

    2,924,573         2,618,910   

Supplies and others

    1,021,469         1,025,938   

Utility

    785,129         730,174   

Fees and commissions

    498,192         465,902   

Shipping costs

    245,217         271,570   

Advertising

    106,509         144,847   

Warranty expenses

    187,771         116,766   

Travel

    74,968         59,946   

Taxes and dues

    70,523         75,983   

Others

    1,176,098         1,319,329   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

(*)

  25,230,652      26,150,441   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) Total expenses consist of cost of sales, selling, administrative, research and development expenses and other non-operating expenses, excluding foreign exchange differences.

 

96


Table of Contents
16. Selling and Administrative Expenses

Details of selling and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Salaries

  256,869         232,362   

Expenses related to defined benefit plans

    27,618         22,037   

Other employee benefits

    68,826         70,254   

Shipping costs

    199,853         215,017   

Fees and commissions

    182,548         197,237   

Depreciation

    90,180         96,115   

Taxes and dues

    25,370         33,998   

Advertising

    106,509         144,847   

Warranty expenses

    187,771         116,766   

Rent

    22,048         23,299   

Insurance

    11,518         11,887   

Travel

    23,772         22,564   

Training

    12,572         12,080   

Others

    51,392         50,680   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  1,266,846      1,249,143   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents
17. Employee Benefits

The Controlling Company and certain subsidiaries’ defined benefit plans provide a lump-sum payment to an employee based on final salary rates and length of service at the time the employee leaves the Controlling Company.

The defined benefit plans expose the Group actuarial risks, such as the risk associated with expected periods of service, interest rate risk, market (investment) risk, and others with the defined benefit plan.

 

  (a) Recognized net defined benefit liabilities at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Present value of partially funded defined benefit obligations

    1,114,689         807,738   

Fair value of plan assets

    (790,509      (488,651
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
324,180      319,087   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Opening defined benefit obligations

  807,738         672,370   

Current service cost

    159,239         149,979   

Past service cost

    21,990         —     

Interest cost

    34,596         26,019   

Remeasurements (before tax)

    144,100         (1,373

Benefit payments

    (54,555      (41,264

Transfers from related parties

    1,584         2,007   

Disposal of a subsidiary

    (3      —     
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing defined benefit obligations

  1,114,689      807,738   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average remaining maturity of defined benefit obligations as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are 13.7 years and 13.4 years, respectively.

 

  (c) Changes in fair value of plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Opening fair value of plan assets

  488,651         491,730   

Expected return on plan assets

    19,069         16,545   

Remeasurements (before tax)

    (3,722      6   

Contributions by employer directly to plan assets

    330,000         15,000   

Benefit payments

    (43,489      (34,630
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing fair value of plan assets

  790,509      488,651   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

98


Table of Contents
17. Employee Benefits, Continued

 

  (d) Plan assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Guaranteed deposits in banks

    790,509         488,651   

As of December 31, 2014, the Controlling Company maintains the plan assets with Mirae Asset Securities Co., Ltd., Shinhan Bank, etc.

The Controlling Company’s estimated contribution to the plan assets for the year ending December 31, 2015 is ₩107,291 million under the assumption that the Controlling Company continues to maintain the plan assets at 70% of the amount payable and all the employees of the Controlling Company would leave the Controlling Company on December 31, 2015.

 

  (e) Expenses recognized in profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   2014      2013  

Current service cost

  159,239         149,979   

Past service cost

    21,990         —     

Net interest cost

    15,527         9,474   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  196,756      159,453   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expenses are recognized in the following line items in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income:

 

(In millions of won)   2014      2013  

Cost of sales

  157,324         126,716   

Selling expenses

    11,872         10,478   

Administrative expenses

    15,252         11,559   

Research and development expenses

    12,308         10,700   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  196,756      159,453   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (f) Remeasurements of net defined benefit liabilities (assets) included in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   2014      2013  

Balance at January 1

  (85,860      (86,524

Remeasurements

    

Actuarial profit or loss arising from:

    

Experience adjustment

    (24,399      (33,447

Demographic assumptions

    7,016         (3,791

Financial assumptions

    (126,717      38,611   

Return on plan assets

    (3,722      6   

Share of associates regarding remeasurements

    189         (381
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
    (147,633   998   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax

  35,773      (334
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

(197,720   (85,860
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents
17. Employee Benefits, Continued

 

  (g) Principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (expressed as weighted averages) are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  

Expected rate of salary increase

     5.1     5.1

Discount rate for defined benefit obligations

     3.5     4.4

Assumptions regarding future mortality are based on published statistics and mortality tables. The current mortality underlying the values of the liabilities in the defined benefit plans are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  

Twenties

  

Males

     0.01     0.01
  

Females

     0.00     0.00

Thirties

  

Males

     0.01     0.01
  

Females

     0.01     0.01

Forties

  

Males

     0.03     0.03
  

Females

     0.01     0.01

Fifties

  

Males

     0.06     0.06
  

Females

     0.03     0.03

 

  (h) Reasonably possible changes to respective relevant actuarial assumptions would have affected the defined benefit obligations by the amounts as of December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

    Defined benefit obligation  
    1% increase      1% decrease  

Discount rate for defined benefit obligations

  (132,479      162,165   

Expected rate of salary increase

       157,968         (131,892

 

100


Table of Contents
18. Provisions and Other Liabilities

 

  (a) Changes in provisions for the year ended December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                           
    Litigations
and claims
(*1)
     Warranties
(*2)
     Others      Total  

Balance of January 1, 2014

  156,557         47,336         1,843         205,736   

Additions

    46,681         187,771         —           234,452   

Usage and reclassification

    (54,935      (183,143      (212      (238,290
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   148,303      51,964      1,631      201,898   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current

148,303      43,950      1,631      193,884   

Non-current

—        8,014      —        8,014   

 

(*1) The Group expects that the provision for litigation and claims will be utilized in the next year.
(*2) The provision for warranties covers defective products and is normally applicable for eighteen months from the date of purchase. The warranty liability is calculated by using historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and costs per claim to satisfy the Group’s warranty obligation.

 

  (b) Other liabilities at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Current liabilities

    

Withholdings

    18,991         26,865   

Unearned revenues

    12,394         4,732   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
31,385      31,597   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

Long-term accrued expenses

594      335,447   

Long-term other accounts payable

  12,924      39,559   

Long-term unearned revenues

  8,623      7,494   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
22,141      382,500   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

101


Table of Contents
19. Commitments

Factoring and securitization of accounts receivable

The Controlling Company has agreements with Korea Development Bank and several other banks for accounts receivable sales negotiating facilities of up to an aggregate of USD 2,058 million (₩2,262,681 million) in connection with the Company’s export sales transactions with its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2014, accounts and notes receivable amounting to USD 200 million (₩219,839 million) were sold but are not past due. In connection with all of the contracts in this paragraph, the Controlling Company has sold its accounts receivable with recourse.

The Controlling Company and oversea subsidiaries entered into agreements with financial institutions for accounts receivables sales negotiating facilities. Respective maximum amount of accounts receivables sales and the amount of sold accounts receivables before maturity by contract are as follows:

 

(In millions of USD and KRW)              

Classification

  

Financial institutions

   Maximum      Not yet due  
          Contractual
amount
     KRW
equivalent
     Amount      KRW
equivalent
 

Controlling Company Subsidiaries

  

Shinhan Bank

   KRW   100,000         100,000         —           —     

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

  

Standard Chartered Bank

   USD 300         329,760       USD  56         61,363   
  

Hongkong & Shanghai Banking Corp.

     Not applicable       USD 181         198,595   

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

  

BNP Paribas

   USD 105         115,416       USD 28         30,655   
  

Hongkong & Shanghai Banking Corp.

   USD 150         164,880       USD 87         95,911   
  

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

   USD 200         219,840       USD  139         152,212   

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

  

BNP Paribas

   USD 125         137,400       USD 91         99,429   
  

Hongkong & Shanghai Banking Corp.

   USD 58         64,182       USD 58         64,182   
  

Bank of China Limited

     Not applicable       USD 12         13,073   

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

  

Bank of China Limited

     Not applicable       USD 53         58,544   
  

Standard Chartered Bank

     Not applicable       USD 7         7,455   

 

102


Table of Contents
19. Commitments, Continued

 

Factoring and securitization of accounts receivable

 

(In millions of USD and KRW)

  

Financial institutions

   Maximum      Not yet due  
          Contractual
amount
     KRW
equivalent
     Amount      KRW
equivalent
 

LG Display Germany GmbH

  

Citibank

   USD 200         219,840       USD 121         133,223   
  

BNP Paribas

   USD 132         145,094       USD 75         82,439   
  

Commerzbank AG, etc.

     Not applicable       USD 21         23,587   

LG Display America, Inc.

  

Hongkong & Shanghai Banking Corp.

   USD 500         549,600       USD 500         549,567   
  

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

   USD 250         274,800       USD 105         115,845   

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

  

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

   USD 90         98,928       USD 3         3,398   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
USD 2,110      2,319,740    USD 1,537      1,689,478   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
USD 2,110      2,419,740    USD 1,537      1,689,478   
     

 

 

       

 

 

    
KRW  100,000    KRW —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In connection with all of the contracts in the above table, the Controlling Company has sold its accounts receivable without recourse.

Letters of credit

As of December 31, 2014, the Controlling Company has agreements with Korea Exchange Bank in relation to the opening of letters of credit up to USD 15 million (₩16,488 million), USD 15 million (₩16,488 million) with China Construction Bank, USD 80 million (₩87,936 million) with Bank of China, USD 60 million (₩65,952 million) with Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation and USD 30 million (₩32,976 million) with Hana Bank.

Payment guarantees

The Controlling Company obtained payment guarantees from Korea Exchange Bank for borrowings amounting to USD 200 million (₩219,840 million) and USD 8.5 million (₩9,343 million) from Royal Bank of Scotland for value added tax payments in Poland.

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd. and other subsidiaries are provided with payment guarantees from the Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ and other various banks amounting to JPY 700 million (₩6,441 million), CNY 4,225 million (₩747,022 million), TWD 16 million (₩555 million) and PLN 0.2 million (₩62 million), respectively, for their local tax payments.

 

103


Table of Contents
19. Commitments, Continued

 

Credit facility agreements

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd. and other subsidiaries have entered into short-term credit facility agreements of up to USD 60 million (₩65,952 million) and JPY 8,000 million (₩73,611 million) in total, with Mizuho Corporate Bank and other various banks.

License agreements

As of December 31, 2014, in relation to its TFT-LCD business, the Group has technical license agreements with Hitachi Display, Ltd. and others and has a trademark license agreement with LG Corp.

Long-term supply agreement

In connection with long-term supply agreements, as of December 31, 2014, the Controlling Company’s balance of advances received from a customer amount to USD 405 million (₩445,183 million) in aggregate. The advances received will be offset against outstanding accounts receivable balances after a given period of time, as well as those arising from the supply of products thereafter. The Controlling Company received a payment guarantee amounting to USD 140 million (₩153,888 million) from the Industrial Bank of Korea relating to advances received.

Pledged Assets

Regarding the secured bank loan amounting to USD 600 million (₩659,520 million) from China Construction Bank, as of December 31, 2014, the Group provided its property, plant and equipment and others with carrying amount of ₩1,447,607 million as pledged assets.

 

20. Legal proceedings

Delaware Display Group LLC and Innovative Display Technologies LLC

In December 2013, Delaware Display Group LLC and Innovative Display Technologies LLC filed a patent infringement case against the Controlling Company and LG Display America, Inc. in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. The Controlling Company does not have a present obligation for this matter and has not recognized any provision at December 31, 2014. It is not possible to reasonably estimate an amount of potential loss, if any, because the plaintiffs have not provided any information regarding damages.

Surpass Tech Innovation LLC

In March 2014, Surpass Tech Innovation LLC filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware against the Controlling Company and LG Display America, Inc. for alleged patent infringement. In November 2014, the case has been stayed by the United States District Court for the District of Delaware pending Inter Partes Review. The Controlling Company does not have a present obligation for this matter and has not recognized any provision at December 31, 2014. It is not possible to reasonably estimate an amount of potential loss, if any, because the plaintiffs have not provided any information regarding damages.

 

104


Table of Contents
20. Legal proceedings, Continued

 

Anti-trust litigations

Certain individual plaintiffs filed complaints in various state or federal courts in the United States alleging violation of the respective antitrust laws and related laws by various LCD panel manufacturers. To date the Controlling Company is currently defending against Direct Action Plaintiffs including Motorola Mobility, Inc., Electrograph Technologies Corp. and its affiliates, TracFone Wireless Inc., Costco Wholesale Corp., Office Depot, Inc., Interbond Corp. of America (BrandsMart), P.C. Richard & Son Long Island Corp., MARTA Cooperative of America, Inc., ABC Appliance (ABC Warehouse), Schultze Agency Services, LLC (Tweeter), AASI Creditor Liquidating Trust for All American Semiconductor Inc., Tech Data Corp. and its affiliates, CompuCom Systems, Inc., NECO Alliance LLC and the attorney general of Illinois. The timing and amounts of outflows are uncertain and the outcomes depend upon the various court proceedings.

In Canada, class action complaints alleging violations of Canada competition laws were filed in 2007 against the Company and other TFT-LCD manufacturers in Ontario, British Columbia and Quebec. The Ontario Superior Court of Justice certified the class action complaints filed by the direct and indirect purchasers in May 2011. The Controlling Company is pursuing an appeal of the class certification decision. The actions in Quebec and British Columbia are in abeyance. The timing and amount of outflows are uncertain and the outcome depends upon the court proceedings.

While the Group continues its vigorous defense of the various pending proceedings described above, management’s assessment of the facts and circumstances could change based upon new information, intervening events and the final outcome of the cases. Consequently, the actual results could be materially different from management’s current estimates.

 

21. Capital and Reserves

 

  (a) Share capital

The Controlling Company is authorized to issue 500,000,000 shares of capital stock (par value ₩5,000), and as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the number of issued common shares is 357,815,700. There have been no changes in the capital stock from January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2014.

 

  (b) Reserves

Reserves consist mainly of the following:

Translation reserve

The translation reserve comprises all foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations.

Fair value reserve

The fair value reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets until the investments are derecognized or impaired.

 

  (c) Dividends

The dividends of ₩178,908 million (₩500 won per share) are determined by the board of directors in 2015 but have not been paid yet. There are no income tax consequences.

 

105


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties

 

  (a) Related parties

Related parties for the year ended December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

Classification

  

Description

Associates and joint ventures(*)

   Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd. and others

Subsidiaries of Associates

   ADP System Co., Ltd. and others

Entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

   LG Electronics Inc.

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

   Subsidiaries of LG Electronics Inc.
  

 

(*) Details of associates and joint ventures are described in note 1 and 10.

Related parties other than associates and joint ventures that have transactions such as sales or balance of trade accounts and notes receivable and payable with the Group for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

Classification

  

December 31, 2014

  

December 31, 2013

Subsidiaries of associates

 

  

ADP System Co., Ltd.

Shinbo Electric Co., Ltd.

AVATEC Electronics Yantai Co., Ltd.

 

  

ADP System Co., Ltd.

Shinbo Electric Co., Ltd.

AVATEC Electronics Yantai Co., Ltd.

 

 

  

 

  

 

Entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

 

LG Electronics Inc.

 

LG Electronics Inc.

 

 

  

 

  

 

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

Hi Business Logistics Co., Ltd.

Hiplaza Co., Ltd.

Hi Entech Co., Ltd.

LG Hitachi Water Solutions Co., Ltd.

LG Innotek Co., Ltd.

Hanuri Co., Ltd.

Qingdao LG Inspur Digital Communication Co., Ltd.

LG Innotek Poland Sp. z o.o.

LG Innotek (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd.

LG Innotek Huizhou Co., Ltd

LG Innotek USA, Inc.

LG Electronics Wroclaw Sp. z o.o.

LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.

LG Electronics Reynosa, S.A. DE C.V.

LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.

Hi Business Logistics Co., Ltd.

Hiplaza Co., Ltd.

Hi Entech Co., Ltd.

LG Hitachi Water Solutions Co., Ltd.

LG Innotek Co., Ltd.

Hanuri Co., Ltd.

Qingdao LG Inspur Digital Communication Co., Ltd.

LG Innotek Poland Sp. z o.o.

LG Innotek (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd.

-

-

LG Electronics Wroclaw Sp. z o.o.

LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.

LG Electronics Reynosa, S.A. DE C.V.

LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.

 

106


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties, Continued

 

Classification

  

December 31, 2014

  

December 31, 2013

  

LG Electronics Taiwan Taipei Co., Ltd.

LG Electronics Shenyang Inc.

LG Electronics RUS, LLC

LG Electronics Nanjing Display Co., Ltd.

LG Electronics Mlawa Sp. z o.o.

LG Electronics Mexicali, S.A. DE C.V.

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

LG Electronics do Brasil Ltda.

LG Electronics Air-Conditioning (Shandong) Co., Ltd.

LG Electronics (Kunshan) Computer Co., Ltd.

LG Electronics (Hangzhou) Co., Ltd.

LG Electronics Polska Sp. z o.o.

LG Electronics Philippines Inc.

LG Electronics Singapore PTE LTD.

Inspur LG Digital Mobile Communications Co., Ltd.

Hi Logistics Europe B.V.

Hi Logistics (China) Co., Ltd.

LG Electronics Alabama Inc.

LG Electronics Japan, Inc.

LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc.

LG Electronics Vietnam Haiphong Co., Ltd. P.T. LG Electronics Indonesia

Hientech (Tianjin) Co., Ltd.

Hi M Solutek

  

LG Electronics Taiwan Taipei Co., Ltd.

LG Electronics Shenyang Inc.

LG Electronics RUS, LLC

LG Electronics Nanjing Display Co., Ltd.

LG Electronics Mlawa Sp. z o.o.

LG Electronics Mexicali, S.A. DE C.V.

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

LG Electronics do Brasil Ltda.

LG Electronics Air-Conditioning (Shandong) Co.,Ltd.

LG Electronics (Kunshan) Computer Co., Ltd.

LG Electronics (Hangzhou) Co., Ltd.

-

-

-

Inspur LG Digital Mobile Communications Co., Ltd.

Hi Logistics Europe B.V.

Hi Logistics (China) Co., Ltd.

-

-

-

-

-

-

 

107


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties, Continued

 

  (b) Key management personnel compensation

Compensation costs of key management for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Short-term benefits

  2,607         2,591   

Expenses related to the defined benefit plan

    355         1,139   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  2,962      3,730   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Key management refers to the registered directors who have significant control and responsibilities over the Controlling Company’s operations and business.

 

  (c) Significant transactions such as sales of goods and purchases of raw material and outsourcing service and others, which occurred in the normal course of business with related parties for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   2014  
                Purchase and others  
    Sales
and others
    Dividend
income
    Purchase of raw
material and
others
    Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
    Outsourcing
fees
    Other costs  

Joint Venture

       

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

  190,780        —          —          —          101,830        —     

Global OLED Technology LLC

    —          —          —          —          —          2,045   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  190,780      —        —        —        101,830      2,045   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

108


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)   2014  
    Sales
and others
            Purchase and others  
       Dividend
income
     Purchase of raw
material and
others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Other costs  

Associates and their subsidiaries

          

New Optics Ltd.

  579         —           56,412         —           11,057         2,015   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

    —           —           413         16,647         —           722   

TLI Inc.

    —           —           76,047         —           —           2,753   

AVACO Co., Ltd.

    41         —           1,520         202,915         —           3,754   

AVATEC Co., Ltd.

    —           265         143         —           92,353         360   

AVATEC Electronics Yantai Co., Ltd.

    —           —           —           —           —           4,951   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

    —           —           600,655         —           —           3,097   

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No. 16

    —           613         —           —           —           —     

Shibo Electric Co., Ltd.

    103,091         —           686,100         —           106,311         55   

Narenanotech Corporation

    —           180         519         8,873         —           1,403   

Glonix Co., Ltd.

    —           —           21,344         —           —           315   

ADP System Co., Ltd.

    —           —           1,810         4,418         —           497   

YAS Co., Ltd.

    —           —           734         21,614         —           460   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
103,711      1,058      1,445,697      254,467      209,721      20,382   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

LG Electronics Inc.

  2,157,472      —        60,002      267,212      —        73,255   

 

109


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)   2014  
                Purchase and others  
    Sales
and others
    Dividend
income
    Purchase of raw
material and
others
    Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
    Outsourcing
fees
    Other costs  

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

       

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

  117,075        —          —          —          —          —     

LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.

    36,204        —          —          —          —          2   

LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.

    68,212        —          —          —          —          —     

LG Electronics Nanjing Display Co., Ltd.

    342,474        —          —          —          —          1,719   

LG Electronics RUS, LLC

      530,121        —          —          —          —          —     

LG Electronics do Brasil Ltda.

    363,092        —          —          —          —          502   

LG Electronics (Kunshan) Computer Co., Ltd.

    15,968        —          —          —          —          —     

LG Innotek Co., Ltd.

    3,514        —          509,352        —          —          13,082   

LG Electronics Vietnam Haiphong Co., Ltd.

    19,476        —          —          —          —          —     

LG Hitachi Water Solutions Co., Ltd.

    —          —          —          29,993        —          —     

Qingdao LG Inspur Digital Communication Co., Ltd.

    188,993        —          —          —          —          —     

Inspur LG Digital Mobile Communications Co., Ltd.

    114,458        —          —          —          —          —     

LG Electronics Mexicali, S.A. DE C.V.

    193,246        —          —          —          —          —     

LG Electronics Mlawa Sp. z o.o.

    571,252        —          —          —          —          —     

LG Electronics Shenyang Inc.

    175,424        —          —          —          —          —     

LG Electronics Taiwan Taipei Co., Ltd.

    28,177        —          —          —          —          —     

 

110


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)   2014  
                Purchase and others  
    Sales
and others
    Dividend
income
    Purchase of raw
material and
others
    Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
    Outsourcing
fees
    Other costs  

LG Electronics Reynosa, S.A. DE C.V.

  960,523        —          —          —          —          1,065   

LG Electronics Wroclaw Sp. z o.o.

    719,543        —          —          —          —          62   

Others

    50        —          810        —          —          67,149   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
4,447,802      —        510,162      29,993      —        83,581   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  6,899,765      1,058      2,015,861      551,672      311,551      179,263   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

111


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)   2013  
                  Purchase and others  
    Sales
and others
     Dividend
income
     Purchase of raw
material and
others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Other costs  

Joint Venture

          

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

  480,897         12,804         —           —           166,571         2   

Associates and their subsidiaries

          

New Optics Ltd.

  —           —           76,929         —           2,470         6,315   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

    —           —           666         8,743         —           3,102   

TLI Inc.

    —           —           58,881         —           —           1,473   

AVACO Co., Ltd.

    —           —           665         45,067         —           4,762   

AVATEC Co., Ltd.

    —           292         23         —           61,738         3,897   

AVATEC Electronics Yantai Co., Ltd.

    —           —           —           —           —           265   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

    —           —           734,714         —           —           4,713   

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No. 16

    —           880         —           —           —           —     

Shibo Electric Co., Ltd.

    11,931         —           730,010         —           64,022         59   

Narenanotech Corporation

    —           300         328         2,061         —           412   

Glonix Co., Ltd.

    —           —           5,209         —           —           115   

ADP System Co., Ltd.

    —           —           924         1,524         —           692   

YAS Co., Ltd.

    —           —           1,941         82,483         —           855   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
11,931      1,472      1,610,290      139,878      128,230      26,660   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

LG Electronics Inc.

  1,971,781      —        39,237      208,531      —        38,450   

 

112


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)   2013  
                  Purchase and others  
    Sales
and others
     Dividend
income
     Purchase of raw
material and
others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Other costs  

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

          

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

  108,084         —           —           —           —           77   

LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.

    42,366         —           —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.

    69,674         —           —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Nanjing Display Co., Ltd.

    437,771         —           —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics RUS, LLC

    632,009         —           —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics do Brasil Ltda.

    308,432         —           —           —           —           —     

Hi Business Logistics Co., Ltd.

    41         —           —           —           —           30,611   

Hi Logistics Europe B.V.

    —           —           —           —           —           5,488   

LG Innotek Co., Ltd.

    6,139         —           448,794         —           —           5,109   

LG Innotek Poland Sp. z o.o.

    —           —           6,442         —           —           161   

LG Innotek (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd.

    —           —           5,937         —              151   

LG Hitachi Water Solutions Co., Ltd.

    —           —           —           29,344         —           406   

Qingdao LG Inspur Digital Communication Co., Ltd.

    32,585         —           —           —           —           —     

Inspur LG Digital Mobile Communications Co., Ltd.

    59,715         —           —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Mexicali, S.A. DE C.V.

      289,670         —           —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Mlawa Sp. z o.o.

    365,054         —           —           —           —           —     

 

113


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)   2013  
                  Purchase and others  
    Sales
and others
     Dividend
income
     Purchase of raw
material and
others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Other costs  

LG Electronics Shenyang Inc.

  156,577         —           —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Taiwan Taipei Co., Ltd.

    34,139         —           —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Reynosa S.A. DE C.V.

    795,326         —           —           —           —           300   

LG Electronics Wroclaw Sp. z o.o.

    872,763         —           —           —           —           104   

Others

    132         —           2,229         —           —           3,703   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
4,210,477      —        463,402      29,344      —        46,110   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  6,675,086      14,276      2,112,929      377,753      294,801      111,222   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

114


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties, Continued

 

  (d) Trade accounts and notes receivable and payable as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)      
    Trade accounts and notes receivable
and others
     Trade accounts and notes payable
and others
 
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013      December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Joint Venture

          

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

  27,750         66,855         —           104,119   

Global OLED Technology LLC

    —           —           505         —     
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
27,750      66,855      505      104,119   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Associates and their subsidiaries

New Optics Ltd.

440      —        14,785      8,998   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

  —        —        2,471      1,649   

TLI Inc.

  —        —        14,086      10,418   

AVACO Co., Ltd.

  —        —        14,236      15,390   

AVATEC Co., Ltd.

  —        —        10,645      10,041   

AVATEC Electronics Yantai Co., Ltd.

  —        —        247      1,122   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

  —        —        82,792      108,379   

Shinbo Electric Co., Ltd.

  58,207      4,562      113,660      165,823   

Narenanotech Corporation

  —        —        1,532      1,766   

Glonix Co., Ltd.

  —        —        1,752      1,987   

ADP System Co., Ltd.

  —        —        1,941      1,410   

YAS Co., Ltd.

  —        —        7,300      17,156   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
58,647      4,562      265,447      344,139   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

LG Electronics Inc.

  385,403      278,165      114,291      74,085   

 

115


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)      
    Trade accounts and notes receivable
and others
     Trade accounts and notes payable
and others
 
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013      December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

          

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

  13,825         7,414         —           —     

LG Electronics do Brasil Ltda.

    12,011         1,750         97         —     

LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.

    17,792         10,141         —           —     

LG Electronics RUS, LLC

    71,912         91,018         —           —     

LG Innotek Co., Ltd.

    4         3         88,661         84,727   

Qingdao LG Inspur Digital Communication Co., Ltd.

    68,754         24,671         —           —     

Inspur LG Digital Mobile Communications Co., Ltd.

    44,872         15,824         —           —     

LG Electronics Mexicali, S.A. DE C.V.

    5,389         1,649         —           —     

LG Electronics Mlawa Sp. z o.o.

    68,397         55,908         —           —     

LG Electronics Nanjing Display Co., Ltd.

    23,342         79,978         575         216   

LG Electronics Shenyang Inc.

    15,659         25,578         —           —     

LG Electronics Taiwan Taipei Co., Ltd.

    5,394         3,334         —           —     

LG Electronics Reynosa, S.A. DE C.V.

    34,668         5,027         94         —     

LG Electronics Wroclaw Sp. z o.o.

    13,742         11,736         14         —     

LG Electronics Vietnam Haiphong Co., Ltd.

    13,491         —           —           —     

LG Hitachi Water Solutions Co., Ltd.

    —           —           7,079         1,867   

HiEntech Co., Ltd.

    —           —           5,954         1,176   

Others

    4,239         8,931         5,526         4,541   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
413,491      342,962      108,000      92,527   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  885,291      692,544      488,243      614,870   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

116


Table of Contents
23. Geographic and Other Information

The following is a summary of sales by region based on the location of the customers for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

  (a) Revenue by geography

 

(In millions of won)             

Region

  2014      2013  

Domestic

  2,608,344         2,691,826   

Foreign

    

China

    15,773,847         15,229,822   

Asia (excluding China)

    3,050,652         3,039,652   

United States

    2,025,978         2,446,128   

Europe (excluding Poland)

    1,527,003         2,211,073   

Poland

    1,469,705         1,414,534   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
23,847,185      24,341,209   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  26,455,529      27,033,035   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales to Company A and Company B constituted 28% and 27% of total revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014 (2013: 23% and 26%). The Group’s top ten end-brand customers together accounted for 79% of sales for the year ended December 31, 2014 (2013: 76%).

 

  (b) Non-current assets by geography

 

(In millions of won)  

Region

  December 31, 2014  
  Property, plant and
equipment
     Intangible
assets
 

Domestic

  8,699,862         548,086   

Foreign

    

China

    2,588,511         20,954   

Others

    114,493         7,630   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
2,703,004      28,584   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  11,402,866      576,670   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(In millions of won)  

Region

  December 31, 2013  
  Property, plant and
equipment
     Intangible
assets
 

Domestic

  10,293,502         461,635   

Foreign

    

China

    1,367,276         5,440   

Others

    147,556         1,110   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
1,514,832      6,550   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  11,808,334      468,185   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

117


Table of Contents
23. Geographic and Other Information, Continued

 

  (c) Revenue by product and services

 

(In millions of won)             

Product

  2014      2013  

Panels for:

    

TFT-LCD televisions

  10,415,105         11,779,116   

Desktop monitors

    4,660,151         5,255,564   

Tablet products

    3,541,607         3,574,812   

Notebook computers

    2,668,806         2,818,572   

Mobile and others

    5,169,860         3,604,971   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  26,455,529      27,033,035   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

24. Revenue

Details of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Sales of goods

  26,415,748         26,982,085   

Royalties

    14,582         19,405   

Others

    25,199         31,545   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  26,455,529      27,033,035   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

118


Table of Contents
25. Other Non-operating Income and Other Non-operating Expenses

 

  (a) Details of other non-operating income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)      
    2014      2013  

Rental income

  6,549         10,373   

Foreign currency gain

    988,366         1,068,646   

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    8,989         9,620   

Reversal of impairment loss on intangible assets

    —           296   

Reversal of allowance for doubtful accounts for other receivables

    —           412   

Commission earned

    2,486         3,589   

Others (*)

    65,513         15,818   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  1,071,903      1,108,754   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) A gain amounting to ₩34,804 million as a result of the Controlling Company’s success in its appeal against the fining decision of the Korea Fair Trade Commission is included in 2014.

 

  (b) Details of other non-operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)      
    2014      2013  

Other bad debt expense

  531         —     

Foreign currency loss

    962,693         987,868   

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    2,173         1,639   

Impairment loss on property, plant, and equipment

    8,097         853   

Loss on disposal of intangible assets

    672         452   

Impairment loss on intangible assets

    492         1,661   

Donations

    11,901         16,514   

Expenses related to legal proceedings or claims and others

    108,512         259,601   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  1,095,071      1,268,588   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

26. Personnel Expenses

Details of personnel expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)      
    2014      2013  

Salaries and wages

  2,351,306         2,084,579   

Other employee benefits

    408,073         410,253   

Contributions to National Pension plan

    64,078         61,788   

Expenses related to defined benefit plan

    196,756         159,453   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  3,020,213      2,716,073   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

119


Table of Contents
27. Finance Income and Finance Costs

 

  (a) Finance income and costs recognized in profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Finance income

    

Interest income

  49,105         39,441   

Dividend income

    282         306   

Foreign currency gain

    55,000         141,975   

Gain on disposal of available-for-sale financial assets

    780         —     

Gain on disposal of investment in a subsidiary

    276         —     

Gain on disposal of investments in equity accounted investees

    —           3,289   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  105,443      185,011   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance costs

Interest expense

109,776      158,818   

Foreign currency loss

  84,649      198,980   

Loss on disposal of investment in a subsidiary

  4,157      —     

Loss on disposal of investments in equity accounted investees

  156      2,411   

Loss on early redemption of debt

  6,986      2,179   

Loss on sale of trade accounts and notes receivable

  9,812      19,463   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  215,536      381,851   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Finance income and costs recognized in other comprehensive income or loss for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)      
    2014      2013  

Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations

  37,739         (22,100

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets

    982         826   

Tax effect

    (119      (225
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance income (costs) recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) after tax

  38,602      (21,499
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

120


Table of Contents
28. Income Taxes

 

  (a) Details of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Current tax expense

    

Current year

  288,280         122,150   

Adjustment for prior years

    —           31,809   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
288,280      153,959   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

(55,976   42,004   

Change in unrecognized deferred tax assets

  92,249      215,369   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  36,273      257,373   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense

  324,553      411,332   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Income taxes recognized directly in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   2014  
    Before tax      Tax (expense)
benefit
     Net of tax  

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets

  982         (186      796   

Remeasurements of net defined benefit liabilities (assets)

    (147,633      35,773         (111,860

Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations

    37,739         67         37,806   

Share of loss from sale of treasury stock by associates

    (1,360      —           (1,360
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  (110,272   35,654      (74,618
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
(In millions of won)   2013  
    Before tax      Tax expense      Net of tax  

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets

  826         (188      638   

Remeasurements of net defined benefit liabilities (assets)

    998         (334      664   

Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations

    (22,100      (37      (22,137

Share of loss from sale of treasury stock by associates

    (802      —           (802
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  (21,078   (559   (21,637
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

121


Table of Contents
28. Income Taxes, Continued

 

  (c) Reconciliation of the actual effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   2014     2013  

Profit for the year

    917,404          418,973   

Income tax expense

      324,553          411,332   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

    1,241,957      830,305   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income tax expense using the statutory tax rate of each country

  32.96   409,341      24.47   203,182   

Non-deductible expenses (benefits)

  (2.22 %)    (27,537   1.87   15,517   

Tax credits

  (10.39 %)    (129,026   (6.05 %)    (50,214

Change in unrecognized deferred tax assets

  7.43   92,249      25.94   215,369   

Adjustment for prior years

  —        —        2.03   16,877   

Others

  (1.65 %)    (20,474   1.28   10,601   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Actual income tax expense

324,553      411,332   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Actual effective tax rate

  26.13   49.54

From 2014, the Controlling Company has presented the above reconciliation by using the profit before tax and statutory tax rates of each Group entity instead of that of the Controlling Company. The amounts for the year ended December 31, 2013 have been re-presented to conform to 2014’s presentation.

 

122


Table of Contents
29. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

 

  (a) Unrecognized deferred tax liabilities

As of December 31, 2014, in relation to the temporary differences on investments in subsidiaries amounting to ₩188,298 million, the Controlling Company did not recognize deferred tax liabilities since the Controlling Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

  (b) Unused tax credit carryforwards for which no deferred tax asset is recognized

Realization of deferred tax assets related to tax credit carryforwards is dependent on whether sufficient taxable income will be generated prior to their expiration. As of December 31, 2014, the Controlling Company recognized deferred tax assets of ₩397,105 million, in relation to tax credit carryforwards, to the extent that management believes the realization is probable. The amount of unused tax credit carryforwards for which no deferred tax asset is recognized and their expiration dates are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)  
    December 31,  
    2015      2016      2017      2018      2019  

Tax credit carryforwards

    156,178         120,893         20,455         21,715         6,005   

 

  (c) Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

 

(In millions of won)   Assets      Liabilities     Total  
    December, 31,
2014
     December, 31,
2013
     December, 31,
2014
    December, 31,
2013
    December, 31,
2014
    December, 31,
2013
 

Other accounts receivable, net

  —           —           (3,440     (2,476     (3,440     (2,476

Inventories, net

    46,377         18,866         —          —          46,377        18,866   

Available-for-sale financial assets

    —           98         (88     —          (88     98   

Defined benefit liabilities, net

    112,213         72,709         —          —          112,213        72,709   

Investments in equity accounted investees and subsidiaries

    29,839         2,972         —          —          29,839        2,972   

Accrued expenses

    177,163         83,571         —          —          177,163        83,571   

Property, plant and equipment

    236,848         189,422         —          —          236,848        189,422   

Intangible assets

    1,423         —           —          (1,207     1,423        (1,207

Provisions

    12,710         11,460         —          —          12,710        11,460   

Gain or loss on foreign currency translation, net

    169         282         (1     (957     168        (675

Others

    26,212         13,473         (268     (171     25,944        13,302   

Tax losses carryforwards

    —           110,550         —          —          —          110,550   

Tax credit carryforwards

    397,105         538,289         —          —          397,105        538,289   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

  1,040,059      1,041,692      (3,797   (4,811   1,036,262      1,036,881   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

123


Table of Contents
29. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities, Continued

 

  (d) Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   January 1,
2013
    Profit or
loss
    Other
comprehensive
income
    December 31,
2013
    Profit
or loss
    Other
comprehensive
income
    December 31,
2014
 

Other accounts receivable, net

  (2,063     (413     —          (2,476     (964     —          (3,440

Inventories, net

    10,075        8,791        —          18,866        27,511        —          46,377   

Available-for-sale financial assets

    285        1        (188     98        —          (186     (88

Defined benefit liabilities, net

    38,573        34,470        (334     72,709        3,731        35,773        112,213   

Investments in equity accounted investees

    7,619        (4,647     —          2,972        26,867        —          29,839   

Accrued expenses

    81,802        1,769        —          83,571        93,592        —          177,163   

Property, plant and equipment

    171,881        17,541        —          189,422        47,426        —          236,848   

Intangible assets

    2,488        (3,695     —          (1,207     2,630        —          1,423   

Provisions

    12,979        (1,519     —          11,460        1,250        —          12,710   

Gain or loss on foreign currency translation, net

    4,382        (5,057     —          (675     843        —          168   

Others

    34,124        (20,785     (37     13,302        12,575        67        25,944   

Tax losses carryforwards

    233,139        (122,589     —          110,550        (110,550     —          —     

Tax credit carryforwards

    699,529        (161,240     —          538,289        (141,184     —          397,105   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

  1,294,813      (257,373   (559   1,036,881      (36,273   35,654      1,036,262   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Statutory tax rate applicable to the Controlling Company to calculate tax base and deferred tax expense is 24.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

124


Table of Contents
30. Earnings per Share

 

  (a) Basic earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In won and No. of shares)   2014      2013  

Profit attributable to owners of the Controlling Company

    904,267,992,399         426,118,222,180   

Weighted-average number of common stocks outstanding

    357,815,700         357,815,700   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share

2,527      1,191   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no events or transactions that resulted in changes in the number of common stocks used for calculating earnings per share from January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2014.

 

  (b) Diluted earnings per share are not calculated since there was no potential common stock for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

31. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Changes in other accounts payable arising from the purchase of property, plant and equipment

    (149,989      (1,108,944

 

125


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD.

Separate Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

(With Independent Auditors’ Report Thereon)

 

126


Table of Contents

Contents

 

     Page  

Independent Auditors’ Report

     128   

Separate Statements of Financial Position

     130   

Separate Statements of Comprehensive Income

     131   

Separate Statements of Changes in Equity

     132   

Separate Statements of Cash Flows

     133   

Notes to the Separate Financial Statements

     135   

Independent Accountants’ Review Report on Internal Accounting Control System

     208   

Report on the Operation of Internal Accounting Control System

     209   

 

127


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors’ Report

Based on a report originally issued in Korean

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders

LG Display Co., Ltd.:

We have audited the accompanying separate financial statements of LG Display Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) which comprise the separate statements of financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the related separate statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and notes, comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these separate financial statements in accordance with Korean International Financial Reporting Standards (“K-IFRS”), and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of separate financial statements that are free from material misstatements, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these separate financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with Korean Standards on Auditing. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the separate financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the separate financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the separate financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the separate financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the separate financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the separate financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the separate financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and its separate financial performance and its separate cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with K-IFRS.

Emphasis of Matter

Without qualifying our opinion, we draw attention to the following:

As discussed in note 20 to the separate financial statements, the Company has been or is named as defendants in a number of individual lawsuits and class actions in the United States and Canada, respectively, in connection with alleged antitrust violations concerning the sale of LCD panels. The Company estimated and recognized losses related to these alleged violations. However, actual losses are subject to change in the future based on new developments in each matter, or changes in circumstances, which could be materially different from those estimated and recognized by the Company.

 

128


Table of Contents

Other Matters

The accompanying separate financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and for the year then ended were audited by us in accordance with the previous auditing standards generally accepted in the Republic of Korea.

The procedures and practices utilized in the Republic of Korea to audit such separate financial statements may differ from those generally accepted and applied in other countries.

/s/ KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp.

Seoul, Korea

February 17, 2015

This report is effective as of February 17, 2015, the audit report date. Certain subsequent events or circumstances, which may occur between the audit report date and the time of reading this report, could have a material impact on the accompanying separate financial statements and notes thereto. Accordingly, the readers of the audit report should understand that the above audit report has not been updated to reflect the impact of such subsequent events or circumstances, if any.

 

129


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD.

Separate Statements of Financial Position

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

(In millions of won)    Note   December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   6, 13   100,558        253,059  

Deposits in banks

   6, 13     1,525,609        1,301,176  

Trade accounts and notes receivable, net

   7, 13, 19, 23     4,015,904        3,543,193  

Other accounts receivable, net

   7, 13     396,651        59,806  

Other current financial assets

   9, 13     2,569        —    

Inventories

   8     2,046,675        1,586,642  

Prepaid income taxes

       —          3,665  

Other current assets

   7     203,122        129,826  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

  8,291,088     6,877,367  

Deposits in banks

6, 13   8,427     13  

Investments

10   2,301,881     1,820,806  

Other non-current financial assets

9, 13   27,609     40,892  

Property, plant and equipment, net

11   8,700,301     10,294,740  

Intangible assets, net

12   548,078     461,620  

Deferred tax assets

29   883,965     936,000  

Other non-current assets

7   250,488     213,155  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

  12,720,749     13,767,226  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

  21,011,837     20,644,593  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

Trade accounts and notes payable

13, 23 3,989,505     3,482,120  

Current financial liabilities

13, 14   964,122     886,852  

Other accounts payable

13   1,057,485     1,050,586  

Accrued expenses

  708,664     476,040  

Income tax payable

  142,760     —    

Provisions

18   193,429     199,737  

Advances received

19   463,740     627,997  

Other current liabilities

18   30,625     30,843  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  7,550,330     6,754,175  

Non-current financial liabilities

13, 14   2,484,280     2,994,837  

Non-current provisions

18   8,014     5,005  

Defined benefit liabilities, net

17   323,710     318,696  

Long-term advances received

19   —       427,397  

Other non-current liabilities

18   21,428     382,058  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

  2,837,432     4,127,993  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  10,387,762     10,882,168  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity

Share capital

21   1,789,079     1,789,079  

Share premium

  2,251,113     2,251,113  

Reserves

21   276     (305 )

Retained earnings

22   6,583,607     5,722,538  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

  10,624,075     9,762,425  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

21,011,837     20,644,593  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the separate financial statements.

 

130


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD.

Separate Statements of Comprehensive Income

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

(In millions of won, except earnings per share)    Note   2014     2013  

Revenue

   23, 24      25,383,670       25,854,183  

Cost of sales

   8, 23     (22,360,245 )     (23,103,569 )
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  3,023,425     2,750,614  

Selling expenses

16   (485,557 )   (515,211 )

Administrative expenses

16   (396,916 )   (394,656 )

Research and development expenses

  (1,156,162 )   (1,087,197 )
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

  984,790     753,550  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance income

27   479,321     67,136  

Finance costs

27   (205,608 )   (254,022 )

Other non-operating income

25   862,167     850,870  

Other non-operating expenses

25   (898,978 )   (1,031,109 )
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

  1,221,692     386,425  

Income tax expense

28   248,574     286,753  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

  973,118     99,672  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss

Remeasurements of net defined benefit liabilities

17, 28   (147,822 )   1,379  

Related income tax

17, 28   35,773     (334 )
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
  (112,049 )   1,045  

Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets

27, 28   767     776  

Related income tax

27, 28   (186 )   (188 )
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
  581     588  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year, net of income tax

  (111,468 )   1,633  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

861,650     101,305  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share (In won)

Basic earnings per share

30 2,720     279  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

30 2,720     279  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the separate financial statements.

 

131


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD.

Separate Statements of Changes in Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

(In millions of won)    Share
capital
     Share
premium
     Fair value
Reserves
    Retained
earnings
    Total
equity
 

Balances at January 1, 2013

   1,789,079        2,251,113        (893 )     5,621,821       9,661,120  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

Profit for the year

  —       —       —       99,672     99,672  

Other comprehensive income

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax

  —       —       588     —       588  

Remeasurements of net defined benefit liabilities, net of tax

  —       —       —       1,045     1,045  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

  —       —       588     1,045     1,633  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

—       —       588     100,717     101,305  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transaction with owners, recognized directly in equity

  —       —       —       —       —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2013

1,789,079     2,251,113     (305 )   5,722,538     9,762,425  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at January 1, 2014

1,789,079     2,251,113     (305 )   5,722,538     9,762,425  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

Profit for the year

  —       —       —       973,118     973,118  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax

  —       —       581     —       581  

Remeasurements of net defined benefit liabilities, net of tax

  —       —       —       (112,049 )   (112,049 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

  —       —       581     (112,049 )   (111,468 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

—       —       581     861,069     861,650  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transaction with owners, recognized directly in equity

  —       —       —       —       —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2014

  1,789,079     2,251,113     276     6,583,607     10,624,075  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the separate financial statements.

 

132


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD.

Separate Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

(In millions of won)    Note    2014     2013  

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Profit for the year

      973,118       99,672  

Adjustments for:

       

Income tax expense

   28      248,574       286,753  

Depreciation

   11, 15      2,854,996       3,380,966  

Amortization of intangible assets

   12, 15      263,326       230,539  

Gain on foreign currency translation

        (41,789 )     (54,937 )

Loss on foreign currency translation

        72,877       35,954  

Expenses related to defined benefit plans

   17, 26      196,495       158,866  

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

        (18,248 )     (8,258 )

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

        2,204       621  

Impairment loss on property, plant and equipment

        8,097       —    

Loss on disposal of intangible assets

        115       452  

Impairment loss on intangible assets

        492       1,626  

Reversal of impairment loss on intangible assets

        —         (296 )

Finance income

        (475,659 )     (54,014 )

Finance costs

        179,343       177,332  

Other income

        (14,508 )     (2,947 )

Other expenses

        278,001       352,205  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  3,554,316     4,504,862  

Change in trade accounts and notes receivable

  (1,082,193 )   557,445  

Change in other accounts receivable

  (14,900 )   49,113  

Change in other current assets

  (43,759 )   4,505  

Change in inventories

  (460,033 )   361,303  

Change in other non-current assets

  (87,729 )   (118,745 )

Change in trade accounts and notes payable

  506,663     (877,147 )

Change in other accounts payable

  (367,623 )   (168,872 )

Change in accrued expenses

  233,936     44,790  

Change in other current liabilities

  (14,128 )   (13,259 )

Change in other non-current liabilities

  17,978     9,805  

Change in provisions

  (187,021 )   (315,266 )

Change in defined benefit liabilities, net

  (339,303 )   (19,093 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  (1,838,112 )   (485,421 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
                 
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash generated from operating activities

  2,689,322     4,119,113  

Income taxes refunded (paid)

  1,709     (36,537 )

Interests received

  33,530     28,333  

Interests paid

  (158,162 )   (172,054 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  2,566,399     3,938,855  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the separate financial statements.

 

133


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD.

Separate Statements of Cash Flows, Continued

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

(In millions of won)    2014     2013  

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Dividends received

   107,173       14,582  

Proceeds from withdrawal of deposits in banks

     1,651,176       1,657,079  

Increase in deposits in banks

     (1,884,023 )     (2,643,933 )

Acquisition of investments

     (531,387 )     (508,400 )

Proceeds from disposal of investments

     12,280       13,717  

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

       (1,365,062 )     (2,973,707 )

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

     72,825       22,950  

Acquisition of intangible assets

     (325,651 )     (181,708 )

Proceeds from disposal of intangible assets

     —         1,902  

Government grants received

     3,639       1,744  

Proceeds from disposal of other financial assets

     82       —    

Acquisition of other non-current financial assets

     (4,219 )     (5,410 )

Proceeds from disposal of other non-current financial assets

     15,390       43,047  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

  (2,247,777 )   (4,558,137 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

  219,839     1,123,130  

Repayments of short-term borrowings

  —       (1,123,130 )

Proceeds from issuance of debentures

  597,563     587,603  

Proceeds from long-term debt

  102,389     372,785  

Repayments of long-term debt

  (503,618 )   (301,229 )

Repayments of current portion of long-term debt and debentures

  (887,296 )   (1,187,384 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

  (471,123 )   (528,225 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

  (152,501 )   (1,147,507 )

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1

  253,059     1,400,566  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31

100,558     253,059  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the separate financial statements.

 

134


Table of Contents
1. Organization and Description of Business

LG Display Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) was incorporated in February 1985 under its original name of LG Soft, Ltd. as a wholly owned subsidiary of LG Electronics Inc. In 1998, LG Electronics Inc. and LG Semicon Co., Ltd. transferred their respective Thin Film Transistor-Liquid Crystal Display (“TFT-LCD”) related business to the Company. The main business of the Company is to manufacture and sell TFT-LCD panels. The Company is a stock company (“Jusikhoesa”) domiciled in the Republic of Korea with its address at 128, Yeouidae-ro, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul, the Republic of Korea. In July 1999, LG Electronics Inc. and Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. (“Philips”) entered into a joint venture agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company changed its name to LG.Philips LCD Co., Ltd. However, in February 2008, the Company changed its name to LG Display Co., Ltd. considering the decrease of Philips’s share interest in the Company and the possibility of its business expansion to other display products including Organic Light-Emitting Diode (“OLED”) and Flexible Display products. As of December 31, 2014, LG Electronics Inc. owns 37.9% (135,625,000 shares) of the Company’s common stock.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company has TFT-LCD manufacturing plants, an OLED manufacturing plant and a Research & Development Center in Paju and TFT-LCD manufacturing plants in Gumi. The Company has overseas subsidiaries located in North America, Europe and Asia.

The Company’s common stock is listed on the Korea Exchange under the identifying code 034220. As of December 31, 2014, there are 357,815,700 shares of common stock outstanding. The Company’s common stock is also listed on the New York Stock Exchange in the form of American Depository Shares (“ADSs”) under the symbol “LPL.” One ADS represents one-half of one share of common stock. As of December 31, 2014, there are 22,485,216 ADSs outstanding.

 

2. Basis of Presenting Financial Statements

 

  (a) Statement of Compliance

In accordance with the Act on External Audits of Stock Companies, these separate financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Korean International Financial Reporting Standards (“K-IFRS”).

These financial statements are separate financial statements prepared in accordance with K-IFRS No.1027, Separate Financial Statements, presented by a parent, an investor in an associate or a venture in a joint ventures, in which the investments are accounted for on the basis of the direct equity interest rather than on the basis of the reported results and net assets of the investees.

The separate financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors on January 27, 2015, which will be submitted for approval to the shareholders’ meeting to be held on March 13, 2015.

 

135


Table of Contents
2. Basis of Presenting Financial Statements, Continued

 

  (b) Basis of Measurement

The separate financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items in the separate statements of financial position:

 

    available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value, and

 

    liabilities for defined benefit plans are recognized as the present value of defined benefit obligations less the fair value of plan assets

 

  (c) Functional and Presentation Currency

The separate financial statements are presented in Korean won, which is the Company’s functional currency. All amounts in Korean won are in millions unless otherwise stated.

 

  (d) Use of Estimates and Judgments

The preparation of the separate financial statements in conformity with K-IFRSs requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

Information about critical judgments in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the separate financial statements is included in the following notes:

 

    Classification of financial instruments (note 3.(d))

 

    Estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment (note 3.(e))

Information about assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment within the next 12 months is included in the following notes:

 

    Recognition and measurement of provisions (note 3.(j), 18 and 20)

 

    Net realizable value of inventories (note 8)

 

    Measurement of defined benefit obligations (note 17)

 

    Deferred tax assets and liabilities (note 29)

 

136


Table of Contents
2. Basis of Presenting Financial Statements, Continued

 

  (e) Changes in accounting policies

Except for the changes below, the Company has consistently applied the accounting policies set out in Note 3 to all periods presented in the separate financial statements.

The following amendments to standards and an interpretation were adopted with a date of initial application of January 1, 2014 are as follows.

 

    Amendments to K-IFRS No. 1032, Financial Instruments: Presentation

 

    Amendments to K-IFRS No. 1036, Impairment of Assets, and

 

    K-IFRS No. 2121, Levies

The nature and effects of the changes are explained below.

(i) Presentation of financial instruments

The Company has adopted amendments to K-IFRS No.1032, Financial Instruments: Presentation, since January 1, 2014. The amendments clarify the meaning of ‘currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off’. According to the amendments, the right to set off should not be contingent on a future event, and legally enforceable in the normal course of business, in the event of default, and in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the entity and all of the counterparties. The amendments also state that some gross settlement systems would be considered equivalent to net settlement if they eliminate or result in insignificant credit and liquidity risk and process receivables and payables in a single settlement process or cycle. There is no impact of applying this amendment on the separate financial statements.

(ii) Disclosure of the recoverable amount

The Company has adopted amendments to K-IFRS No. 1036, Impairment of Assets, since January 1, 2014. The amendments require the disclosure of information about the recoverable amount of impaired assets, if that amount is based on fair value less costs of disposal. They also require the disclosure of additional information about that fair value measurement. In addition, if the recoverable amount of impaired assets based on fair value less costs of disposal was measured using a present value technique, the amendments also require the disclosure of the discount rates that have been used in the current and previous measurements. There is no significant impact of applying this amendment on the separate financial statements.

(iii) Levies

The Company has adopted K-IFRS No. 2121, Levies, since January 1, 2014. K-IFRS No. 2121 is an Interpretation of K-IFRS No. 1037, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, on the accounting for levies imposed by governments. K-IFRS No. 1037 sets out criteria for the recognition of a liability, one of which is the requirement for the entity to have a present obligation as a result of a past event (or “obligating event”). K-IFRS No. 2121 clarifies that the obligating event that gives rise to a liability to pay a levy is the activity described in the relevant legislation that triggers the payment of the levy. The interpretation does not provide guidance on the accounting for the costs arising from recognizing the liability to pay a levy. Other K-IFRSs should be applied to determine whether the recognition of a liability to pay a levy gives rise to an asset or an expense. There is no impact of applying this interpretation on the separate financial statements.

 

137


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The significant accounting policies followed by the Company in preparation of its separate financial statements are as follows:

 

  (a) Interest in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures

These separate financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with K-IFRS No.1027, Separate Financial Statements. The Company applied the cost method to investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures in accordance with K-IFRS No.1027. Dividends from subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures are recognized in profit or loss when the right to receive the dividend is established.

 

  (b) Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the Company at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated to the functional currency at the exchange rate on the reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at fair value are retranslated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was originally determined. Foreign currency differences arising on retranslation are recognized in profit or loss, except for differences arising on available-for-sale equity instruments and a financial asset and liability designated as a cash flow hedge, which are recognized in other comprehensive income. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the original transaction. Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items or on translating monetary items at rates different from those at which they were translated on initial recognition are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they arise. Foreign currency differences arising from assets and liabilities in relation to the investing and financing activities including loans, bonds and cash and cash equivalents are recognized in finance income (costs) in the separate statement of comprehensive income and foreign currency differences arising from assets and liabilities in relation to activities other than investing and financing activities are recognized in other non-operating income (expense) in the separate statement of comprehensive income. Relevant foreign currency differences are presented in gross amounts in the separate statement of comprehensive income.

 

138


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (c) Inventories

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories is based on the weighted-average method, and includes expenditures incurred in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs and other costs incurred in bringing them to their existing location and condition. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated selling expenses. In the case of manufactured inventories and work-in-process, cost includes an appropriate share of production overheads based on the actual capacity of production facilities. However, the normal capacity is used for the allocation of fixed production overheads if the actual level of production is lower than the normal capacity.

 

  (d) Financial Instruments

(i) Non-derivative financial assets

The Company initially recognizes loans and receivables and deposits on the date they are originated. All other non-derivative financial assets, including financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”), are recognized in the separate statement of financial position when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

The Company derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows of the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the Company is recognized as a separate asset or liability. If a transfer does not result in derecognition because the Company has retained substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the transferred asset, the Company continues to recognize the transferred asset and recognizes a financial liability for the consideration received. In subsequent periods, the Company recognizes any income on the transferred assets and any expense incurred on the financial liability.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the separate statement of financial position when, and only when, the Company has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle them on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

The Company has the following non-derivative financial assets: financial assets at FVTPL, loans and receivables and available-for-sales financial assets.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

A financial asset is classified at FVTPL if it is classified as held for trading or is designated as such upon initial recognition. If a contract contains one or more embedded derivatives, the Company designates the entire hybrid (combined) contract as a financial asset at FVTPL unless: the embedded derivative(s) does not significantly modify the cash flows that otherwise would be required by the contract; or it is clear with little or no analysis when a similar hybrid (combined) instrument is first considered that separation of the embedded derivative(s) is prohibited. Upon initial recognition, attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Financial assets at FVTPL are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss.

 

139


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(i) Non-derivative financial assets, Continued

 

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and short-term highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash.

Deposits in banks

Deposits in banks are those with maturity of more than three months and less than one year and are held for cash management purposes.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. When loans and receivables are recognized initially, the Company measures them at their fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset. Subsequent to initial recognition, loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses. Loans and receivables comprise trade accounts and notes receivable and other accounts receivable.

Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available-for-sale or that are not classified as financial assets at FVTPL, held-to-maturity financial assets or loans and receivables. The Company’s investments in equity securities and certain debt securities are classified as available-for-sale financial assets. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment losses and foreign currency differences on available-for-sale equity instruments, are recognized in other comprehensive income and presented within equity in the fair value reserve. When an investment in available-for-sale financial assets is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss in other comprehensive income is transferred to profit or loss.

Investments in equity instruments that do not have a quoted market price in an active market and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured and whose derivatives are linked to and must be settled by delivery of such unquoted equity instruments are measured at cost.

(ii) Non-derivative financial liabilities

The Company classifies financial liabilities into two categories, financial liabilities at FVTPL and other financial liabilities, in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement and the definitions of financial liabilities, and recognizes them in the separate statement of financial position when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial liabilities at FVTPL include financial liabilities held for trading or designated as such upon initial recognition at FVTPL. After initial recognition, financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss. Upon initial recognition, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issuance of financial liabilities are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

 

140


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(ii) Non-derivative financial liabilities, Continued

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities other than financial liabilities classified as FVTPL are classified as other financial liabilities and measured initially at fair value minus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issuance of financial liabilities. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. As of December 31, 2014, non-derivative financial liabilities comprise borrowings, bonds and others.

The Company derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expired.

(iii) Share Capital

The Company only issued common stocks and they are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of common stocks are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of tax effects. Capital contributed in excess of par value upon issuance of common stocks is classified as share premium within equity.

(iv) Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss except in the case where the derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges and the hedge is determined to be an effective hedge.

If necessary, the Company designates derivatives as hedging items to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of assets, liabilities or firm commitments (a fair value hedge) and foreign currency risk of highly probable forecasted transactions or firm commitments (a cash flow hedge).

On initial designation of the hedge, the Company’s management formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument(s) and hedged item(s), including the risk management objectives and strategy in undertaking the hedge transaction, together with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. The Company’s management makes an assessment, both at the inception of the hedge relationship as well as on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging instruments are expected to be “highly effective” in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the respective hedged items during the period for which the hedge is designated, and whether the actual results of each hedge are within a range of 80-125 percent. For a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction, the transaction should be highly probable to occur and should present an exposure to variations in cash flows that could ultimately affect reported net income.

 

141


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(iv) Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting, Continued

 

Cash flow hedges

When a derivative is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecasted transaction that could affect profit or loss, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity. The amount recognized in other comprehensive income is removed and included in profit or loss in the same period the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss under the same line item in the separate statement of comprehensive income. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity remains there until the forecasted transaction affects profit or loss. When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the amount recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to the carrying amount of the asset when the asset is recognized. If the forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the balance in other comprehensive income is recognized immediately in profit or loss. In other cases the amount recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to profit or loss in the same period that the hedged item affects profit or loss.

Embedded derivative

Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and accounted for separately if the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivative are not closely related, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative, and the combined instrument is not measured at FVTPL. Changes in the fair value of separable embedded derivatives are recognized immediately in profit or loss.

 

142


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (e) Property, Plant and Equipment

(i) Recognition and measurement

Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes an expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials and direct labor, any costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working condition for their intended use, the costs of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which they are located and borrowing costs on qualifying assets.

The gain or loss arising from the derecognition of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the difference between the net disposal proceeds, if any, and the carrying amount of the item and recognized in other non-operating income or other non-operating expenses.

(ii) Subsequent costs

Subsequent expenditure on an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized as part of its cost only if it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The costs of the day-to-day servicing of property, plant and equipment are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

(iii) Depreciation

Depreciation is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis method, reflecting the pattern in which the asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the Company. The residual value of property, plant and equipment is zero. Land is not depreciated.

Estimated useful lives of the assets are as follows:

 

     Useful lives (years)

Buildings and structures

   20, 40

Machinery

   4, 5

Furniture and fixtures

   4

Equipment, tools and vehicles

   4, 12

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year-end and adjusted if appropriate and any changes are accounted for as changes in accounting estimates. There were no such changes for all periods presented.

 

143


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (f) Borrowing Costs

The Company capitalizes borrowing costs, which includes interests and exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings to the extent that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs, directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset as part of the cost of that asset. A qualifying asset is an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale. To the extent that the Company borrows funds specifically for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset, the Company determines the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization as the actual borrowing costs incurred on that borrowing during the period less any investment income on the temporary investment of those borrowings. The Company immediately recognizes other borrowing costs as an expense.

 

  (g) Government Grants

In case there is reasonable assurance that the Company will comply with the conditions attached to a government grant, the government grant is recognized as follows:

(i) Grants related to the purchase or construction of assets

A government grant related to the purchase or construction of assets is deducted in calculating the carrying amount of the asset. The grant is recognized in profit or loss over the life of a depreciable asset as a reduced depreciation expense and cash related to grant received is presented in investing activities in the statement of cash flows.

(ii) Grants for compensating the Company’s expenses incurred

A government grant that compensates the Company for expenses incurred is recognized in profit or loss as a deduction from relevant expenses on a systematic basis in the periods in which the expenses are recognized.

(iii) Other government grants

A government grant that becomes receivable for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the Company with no compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or no future related costs is recognized as income of the period in which it becomes receivable.

 

  (h) Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are initially measured at cost. Subsequently, intangible assets are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses.

(i) Goodwill

Goodwill arising from business combinations is recognized as the excess of the acquisition cost of investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures over the Company’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Any deficit is a bargain purchase that is recognized in profit or loss. Goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

 

144


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (h) Intangible Assets, Continued

 

(ii) Research and development

Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Development activities involve a plan or design of the production of new or substantially improved products and processes. Development expenditure is capitalized only if the Company can demonstrate all of the following:

 

    the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale,

 

    its intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it,

 

    its ability to use or sell the intangible asset,

 

    how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits. Among other things, the Company can demonstrate the existence of a market for the output of the intangible asset or the intangible asset itself or, if it is to be used internally, the usefulness of the intangible asset,

 

    the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset, and

 

    its ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.

The expenditure capitalized includes the cost of materials, direct labor, overhead costs that are directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use, and borrowing costs on qualifying assets.

(iii) Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets include intellectual property rights, software, customer relationships, technology, memberships and others.

(iv) Subsequent costs

Subsequent expenditure is capitalized only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific intangible asset to which it relates. All other expenditure, including expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

 

145


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (h) Intangible Assets, Continued

 

(v) Amortization

Amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets, other than goodwill, from the date that they are available for use. The residual value of intangible assets is zero. However, as there are no foreseeable limits to the periods over which condominium and golf club memberships are expected to be available for use, these intangible assets are regarded as having indefinite useful lives and not amortized.

 

     Estimated useful lives (years)

Intellectual property rights

   5, 10

Rights to use electricity, water and gas supply facilities

   10

Software

   4

Customer relationships

   7

Technology

   10

Development costs

   (*)

Condominium and golf club memberships

   Not amortized

 

(*) Capitalized development costs are amortized over the useful life considering the life cycle of the developed products. Amortization of capitalized development costs is recognized in research and development expenses in the separate statement of comprehensive income.

Amortization periods and the amortization methods for intangible assets with finite useful lives are reviewed at each financial year-end. The useful lives of intangible assets that are not being amortized are reviewed each period to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support indefinite useful life assessments for those assets. If appropriate, the changes are accounted for as changes in accounting estimates.

 

  (i) Impairment

(i) Financial assets

A financial asset not carried at FVTPL is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is objective evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is impaired if objective evidence indicates that a loss event has occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, and that the loss event had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can be estimated reliably.

Objective evidence that financial assets are impaired can include default or delinquency in interest or principal payments by an issuer or a debtor, for economic reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, granting to the borrower a concession that the Company would not otherwise consider, or the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset. In addition, for an investment in an equity security, objective evidence of impairment includes significant financial difficulty of the issuer and a significant or prolonged decline in its fair value below its cost.

 

146


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (i) Impairment, Continued

 

(i) Financial assets, Continued

 

The Company’s management considers evidence of impairment for loans and receivables at both a specific asset and collective level. All individually significant loans and receivables are assessed for specific impairment. All individually significant receivables found not to be specifically impaired are then collectively assessed for any impairment that has been incurred but not yet identified. Loans and receivables that are not individually significant are collectively assessed for impairment by grouping together receivables with similar risk characteristics.

In assessing collective impairment the Company uses historical trends of the probability of default, timing of recoveries and the amount of loss incurred, adjusted for management’s judgment as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual losses are likely to be greater or less than suggested by historical trends.

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred on financial assets carried at amortized cost, the amount of the impairment loss is measured as the difference between its carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss and reflected in an allowance account against loans and receivables.

The amount of the impairment loss on financial assets including equity securities carried at cost is measured as the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the current market rate of return for a similar financial asset. Such impairment losses are not reversed.

When a decline in the fair value of an available-for-sale financial asset has been recognized in other comprehensive income, the amount of the cumulative loss that is reclassified from equity to profit or loss is the difference between the acquisition cost and current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in profit or loss.

In a subsequent period, for the financial assets recorded at fair value, if the fair value increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized, the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed. The amount of the reversal in financial assets carried at amortized cost and a debt instrument classified as available for sale is recognized in profit or loss. However, impairment loss recognized for an investment in an equity instrument classified as available-for-sale is reversed through other comprehensive income.

 

147


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (i) Impairment, Continued

 

(ii) Non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of the Company’s non-financial assets, other than assets arising from employee benefits, inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill, and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives or that are not yet available for use, irrespective of whether there is any indication of impairment, the recoverable amount is estimated each year at the same time.

For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the “cash-generating unit”, or “CGU”). The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is determined as the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Fair value less costs to sell is based on the best information available to reflect the amount that the Company could obtain from the disposal of the asset in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, after deducting the costs of disposal.

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Impairment losses recognized in respect of a CGU are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the unit on a pro rata basis.

In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of accumulated depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized. An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed.

 

148


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (j) Provisions

A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.

The risks and uncertainties that inevitably surround events and circumstances are taken into account in reaching the best estimate of a provision. Where the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined at the present value of the expected future cash flows. The unwinding of the discount is recognized as finance cost.

Provisions are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. If it is no longer probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, the provision is reversed.

The Company recognizes a liability for warranty obligations based on the estimated costs expected to be incurred under its basic limited warranty. This warranty covers defective products and is normally applicable for eighteen months from the date of purchase. These liabilities are accrued when product revenues are recognized. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims on those repairs and cost per claim to satisfy the Company’s warranty obligation. Warranty costs primarily include raw materials and labor costs. As these factors are impacted by actual experience and future expectations, management periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary. Accrued warranty obligations are included in the current and non-current provisions.

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources, are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment and/or remediation can be reasonably estimated.

 

  (k) Employee Benefits

(i) Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits that are due to be settled within twelve months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognized in profit or loss on an undiscounted basis. The expected cost of profit-sharing and bonus plans and others are recognized when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation to make payments as a result of past events and a reliable estimate of the obligation can be made.

(ii) Other long-term employee benefits

The Company’s net obligation in respect of long-term employee benefits other than pension plans is the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods.

 

149


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (k) Employee Benefits, Continued

 

(iii) Defined contribution plan

A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in profit or loss in the periods during which services are rendered by employees.

(iv) Defined benefit plan

A defined benefit plan is a post-employment benefit plan other than defined contribution plans. The Company’s net obligation in respect of its defined benefit plan is calculated by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is discounted to determine its present value. The fair value of any plan assets is deducted.

The calculation is performed annually by an independent actuary using the projected unit credit method. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on high quality corporate bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Company’s obligations and that are denominated in the same currency in which the benefits are expected to be paid. The Company recognizes all actuarial gains and losses arising from defined benefit plans in retained earnings immediately.

The Company determines the net interest expense (income) on the net defined benefit liability (asset) for the period by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined benefit liability (asset), taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit liability (asset) during the period as a result of contributions and benefit payments. Consequently, the net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset) now comprises: interest cost on the defined benefit obligation, interest income on plan assets, and interest on the effect on the asset ceiling.

When the benefits of a plan are changed or when a plan is curtailed, the resulting change in benefit that relates to past service or the gain or loss on curtailment is recognized immediately in profit or loss. The Company recognizes gains and losses on the settlement of a defined benefit plan when the settlement occurs.

 

  (l) Revenue

Revenue from the sale of goods in the course of ordinary activities is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, net of estimated returns, earned trade discounts, volume rebates and other cash incentives paid to customers. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence exists that the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer, generally on delivery and acceptance at the customers’ premises, recovery of the consideration is probable, the associated costs and possible return of goods can be estimated reliably, there is no continuing management involvement with the goods, and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. If it is probable that discounts will be granted and the amount can be measured reliably, then the discount is recognized as a reduction of revenue when the sales are recognized. Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and therefore are excluded from revenues in the separate statements of comprehensive income.

 

150


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (m) Operating Segments

In accordance with K-IFRS No. 1108, Operating Segments, entity wide disclosures of geographic and product revenue information are provided in the consolidated financial statements.

 

  (n) Finance Income and Finance Costs

Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested (including available-for-sale financial assets), dividend income, gains on the disposal of available-for-sale financial assets, changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVTPL, and gains on hedging instruments that are recognized in profit or loss. Interest income is recognized as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognized in profit or loss on the date that the Company’s right to receive payment is established.

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwinding of the discount on provisions, changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVTPL, impairment losses recognized on financial assets, and losses on hedging instruments that are recognized in profit or loss. Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset.

 

  (o) Income Tax

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax and deferred tax are recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.

(i) Current tax

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable profit or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. The taxable profit is different from the accounting profit for the period since the taxable profit is calculated excluding the temporary differences, which will be taxable or deductible in determining taxable profit (tax loss) of future periods, and non-taxable or non-deductible items from the accounting profit.

 

151


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (o) Income Tax, Continued

 

(ii) Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized, using the liability method, in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Company expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. However, deferred tax is not recognized for taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

The Company recognizes a deferred tax liability for all taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates, and interests in joint ventures, except to the extent that the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. A deferred tax asset is recognized for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that the differences relating to investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilized.

Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

The Company offsets deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities if, and only if, the Company has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and the deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority.

 

  (p) Earnings Per Share

The Company presents basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) data for its common stocks. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of common stocks outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of common stocks outstanding, adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential common stocks, which comprise convertible bonds.

 

  (q) New Standards and Interpretations Not Yet Adopted

Amendment to K-IFRS No. 1027, Separate Financial Statements

Amendment to K-IFRS No. 1027, Separate Financial Statements, introduced equity accounting as a third option in the entity’s separate financial statements, in addition to the existing cost and fair value options. This amendment will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016, and has not been adopted early in preparing the separate financial statements.

Management believes that the adoption of the amendment is expected to have no impact on the separate financial statements.

 

152


Table of Contents
4. Determination of Fair Value

A number of the Company’s accounting policies and disclosures require the determination of fair value, for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. Fair values have been determined for measurement and/or disclosure purposes based on the following methods. When applicable, further information about the assumptions made in determining fair values is disclosed in the notes specific to that asset or liability.

 

  (a) Current Assets and Liabilities

The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

 

  (b) Trade Receivables and Other Receivables

The fair value of trade and other receivables is estimated as the present value of future cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. This fair value is determined for disclosure purposes. The carrying amounts of short-term receivables approximate fair value.

 

  (c) Investments in Equity and Debt Securities

The fair value of marketable available-for-sale financial assets is determined by reference to their quoted closing bid price at the reporting date. The fair value of non-marketable securities is determined using valuation methods.

 

  (d) Non-derivative Financial Liabilities

Fair value, which is determined for disclosure purposes, except for the liabilities at FVTPL, is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date.

 

5. Risk Management

 

  (a) Financial Risk Management

The Company is exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risks. The Company identifies and analyzes such risks, and controls are implemented under a risk management system to monitor and manage these risks at below a threshold level.

(i) Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations, and arises principally from the Company’s receivables from customers.

The Company’s exposure to credit risk of trade and other receivables is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. However, management believes that the demographics of the Company’s customer base, including the default risk of the country in which customers operate, do not have a significant influence on credit risk since the majority of the customers are global electronic appliance manufacturers operating in global markets.

 

153


Table of Contents
5. Risk Management, Continued

 

The Company establishes credit limits for each customer and each new customer is analyzed quantitatively and qualitatively before determining whether to utilize third party guarantees, insurance or factoring as appropriate.

The Company does not establish allowances for receivables under insurance or receivables from customers with a high credit rating. For the rest of the receivables, the Company establishes an allowance for impairment of trade and other receivables that have been individually or collectively evaluated for impairment and estimated on the basis of historical loss experience for assets.

(ii) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Company’s reputation.

The Company has historically been able to satisfy its cash requirements from cash flows from operations and debt and equity financing. To the extent that the Company does not generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet its capital requirements, the Company may rely on other financing activities, such as external long-term borrowings and offerings of debt securities, equity-linked and other debt securities. In addition, the Company maintains a line of credit with various banks.

(iii) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices will affect the Company’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.

i) Currency risk

The Company is exposed to currency risk on sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the Company, Korean won (KRW). The currencies in which these transactions primarily are denominated are USD, JPY, etc.

Interest on borrowings is denominated in the currency of the borrowing. Generally, borrowings are denominated in currencies that match the cash flows generated by the underlying operations of the Company, primarily KRW and USD.

In respect of other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, the Company adopts policies to ensure that its net exposure is kept to an acceptable level by buying or selling foreign currencies at spot rates when necessary to address short-term imbalances.

 

154


Table of Contents
5. Risk Management, Continued

 

ii) Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk arises principally from the Company’s debentures and borrowings. The Company establishes and applies its policy to reduce uncertainty arising from fluctuations in the interest rate and to minimize finance cost and manages interest rate risk by monitoring of trends of fluctuations in interest rate and establishing plan for countermeasures.

 

  (b) Capital Management

Management’s policy is to maintain a capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain future development of the business. Liabilities to equity ratio, net borrowings to equity ratio and other financial ratios are used by management to achieve an optimal capital structure. Management also monitors the return on capital as well as the level of dividends to ordinary shareholders. Equity, defined by K-IFRS, is identical to the definition of capital, managed by management.

 

(In millions of won)            
    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  

Total liabilities

  10,387,762        10,882,168   

Total equity

    10,624,075        9,762,425   

Cash and deposits in banks (*1)

    1,626,167        1,554,235   

Borrowings (including bonds)

    3,448,402        3,881,689   

Total liabilities to equity ratio

    98     111

Net borrowings to equity ratio (*2)

    17     24

 

(*1) Cash and deposits in banks consist of cash and cash equivalents and current deposit in banks.
(*2) Net borrowings to equity ratio is calculated by dividing total borrowings (including bonds) less cash and current deposits in banks by total equity.

 

155


Table of Contents
6. Cash and Cash Equivalents and Deposits in Banks

Cash and cash equivalents and deposits in banks at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

    

Demand deposits

  100,558         253,059   

Deposits in banks

    

Time deposits

    1,452,804         1,231,176   

Restricted cash (*)

    72,805         70,000   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
1,525,609      1,301,176   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

Deposits in banks

Restricted cash (*)

8,427      13   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
1,634,594      1,554,248   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) Restricted cash includes mutual growth fund to aid LG Group’s second and third-tier suppliers, and others.

 

156


Table of Contents
7. Receivables and Other Current Assets

 

  (a) Trade accounts and notes receivable at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Trade, net

  145,301         175,997   

Due from related parties

    3,870,603         3,367,196   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  4,015,904      3,543,193   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Other accounts receivable at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Current assets

    

Non-trade accounts receivable, net

  378,704         49,626   

Accrued income

    17,947         10,180   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  396,651      59,806   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due from related parties included in other accounts receivable, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are ₩363,267 million and ₩1,154 million, respectively.

 

  (c) Other assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Current assets

    

Advance payments

  9,558         8,503   

Prepaid expenses

    42,657         44,179   

Value added tax refundable

    150,907         77,144   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  203,122      129,826   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

Long-term prepaid expenses

247,588      209,655   

Others

  2,900      3,500   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
250,488      213,155   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

157


Table of Contents
8. Inventories

Inventories at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Finished goods

  653,610         487,990   

Work-in-process

    710,813         570,008   

Raw materials

    381,558         240,439   

Supplies

    300,694         288,205   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  2,046,675      1,586,642   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the amount of inventories recognized as cost of sales, inventory write-downs and reversal and usage of inventory write-downs included in cost of sales is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   2014      2013  

Inventories recognized as cost of sales

    22,360,245         23,103,569   

Including: inventory write-downs

    299,948         189,312   

Including: reversal and usage of inventory write-downs

    (189,312      (118,903

There were no significant reversals of inventory write-downs recognized during 2014 and 2013.

 

158


Table of Contents
9. Other Financial Assets

 

  (a) Other financial assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Current assets

    

Available-for-sale financial assets

  2,569         —     

Non-current assets

    

Available-for-sale financial assets

  6,713         16,792   

Deposits

    13,037         15,282   

Long-term other accounts receivable

    7,859         8,818   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  27,609      40,892   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Available-for-sale financial assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Current assets

    

Debt securities

    

Government bonds

  2,569         —     

Non-current assets

    

Debt securities

    

Government bonds

  668         2,838   

Equity securities

    

Intellectual Discovery, Ltd.

  2,673         2,673   

Siliconworks Co., Ltd.

    —           11,281   

Henghao Technology Co., Ltd.

    3,372         —     
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  6,045      13,954   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  9,282      16,792   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

159


Table of Contents
10. Investments

 

  (a) Investments in subsidiaries consist of the following:

 

(In millions of won)              December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Overseas Subsidiaries

  

Location

  

Business

   Percentage of
ownership
    Book
value
     Percentage of
ownership
    Book
Value
 

LG Display America, Inc. (*1)

   San Jose, U.S.A.    Sell TFT-LCD products      100   36,815         100   —     

LG Display Germany GmbH

   Ratingen, Germany   

Sell TFT-LCD

products

     100     19,373         100     19,373   

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

   Tokyo, Japan    Sell TFT-LCD products      100     15,686         100     15,686   

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

   Taipei, Taiwan    Sell TFT-LCD products      100     35,230         100     35,230   

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd. (*2)

   Nanjing, China    Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products      100       579,747         100       561,635   

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

   Shanghai, China    Sell TFT-LCD products      100     9,093         100     9,093   

LG Display Poland Sp. z o.o. (*3)

   Wroclaw, Poland    Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products      100     194,992         80     157,864   

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd. (*4)

   Guangzhou, China    Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products      100     293,557         100     174,157   

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

   Shenzhen, China    Sell TFT-LCD products      100     3,467         100     3,467   

LG Display Singapore PTE. LTD.

   Singapore    Sell TFT-LCD products      100     1,250         100     1,250   

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Limited

   Xiamen, China    Manufacture LCD module and TV sets      51     —           51     —     

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

   Fujian, China    Manufacture LCD module and LCD monitor sets      51     10,123         51     10,123   

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd. (*5)

   Yantai, China    Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products      100     159,769         100     88,488   

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited (*6)

   Kunshan, China    Manufacture notebook borderless hinge-up      —          —           51     8,594   

LG Display U.S.A., Inc.

   McAllen, U.S.A.    Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products      100     12,353         100     12,353   

LG Display Reynosa S.A.de C.V. (*7)

   Reynosa, Mexico   

Manufacture TFT-LCD

products

     —          —           1     92   

 

160


Table of Contents
10. Investments, Continued

 

(In millions of won)              December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Overseas Subsidiaries

   Location    Business    Percentage of
ownership
    Book
value
     Percentage of
ownership
    Book
value
 

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

   Gumi, South
Korea
   Janitorial
services
     100     800         100     800   

LG Display China Co., Ltd. (*8)

   Guangzhou,China    Manufacture and
sell TFT-LCD
products
     56     588,467         64     367,728   

Unified Innovative Technology, LLC (*9)

   Wilmington,
U.S.A.
   Manage
intellectual
property
     100     9,489         —          —     

Money Market Trust

   Seoul,

South Korea

   Money market
trust
     100     18,100         —          —     
          

 

 

      

 

 

 
  1,988,311      1,465,933   
          

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(*1) In June 2014, the Company invested ₩36,815 million in cash for the capital increase of LG Display America, Inc. (“LGDUS”). There was no change in the Company’s ownership percentage in LGDUS as a result of this additional investment.
(*2) In December 2014, the Company invested ₩18,112 million in cash for the capital increase of LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd. (“LGDNJ”). There was no change in the Company’s ownership percentage in LGDNJ as a result of this additional investment.
(*3) In November 2014, Toshiba Corporation exercised its put option to sell 20% ownership of LG Display Poland Sp. z o.o. (“LGDWR”) in whole at ₩37,128 million.
(*4) In December 2014, the Company invested ₩119,400 million in cash for the capital increase of LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd. (“LGDGZ”). There was no change in the Company’s ownership percentage in LGDGZ as a result of this additional investment.
(*5) In June 2014, the Company invested ₩71,281 million in cash for the capital increase of LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd. (“LGDYT”). There was no change in the Company’s ownership percentage in LGDYT as a result of this additional investment.
(*6) In June 2014, the Company disposed of the entire investments in LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited at ₩3,383 million and recognized ₩5,211 million for the difference between the disposal amount and the carrying amount as finance cost.
(*7) In December 2014, the Company disposed of entire investments in LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V. (“LGDRS”) at ₩65 million and recognized ₩27 million for the difference between the disposal amount and the carrying amount as finance cost. Meanwhile, LG Display U.S.A. Inc. (“LGDUH”), a subsidiary of the Company, disposed of the entire investments in LGDRS at ₩6,419 million.
(*8) In May 2014, the Company invested ₩220,740 million in cash for the capital increase of LG Display (China) Co., Ltd. (“LGDCA”). In addition, in January, April and September 2014, LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd. (“LGDGZ”), a subsidiary of the Company, invested an aggregate of ₩105,297 million in cash for the capital increase of LGDCA. In 2014, the Company’s ownership percentage in LGDCA decreased from 64% to 56% and LGDGZ’s ownership percentage in LGDCA increased from 6% to 14%.
(*9) In March, the Company established Unified Innovative Technology, LLC (“UNIT”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, for the management of intellectual property, with an investment of ₩4,283 million. In April 2014, the Company invested ₩5,206 million in cash for the capital increase of UNIT.

 

161


Table of Contents
10. Investments, Continued

 

  (b) Investments in joint ventures consist of the following:

 

(In millions of won)                                    
               December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Joint Ventures

   Location    Business    Percentage of
ownership
    Book
value
     Percentage of
ownership
    Book
value
 

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd. (*1)

   Suzhou,

China

   Manufacture
and sell LCD
modules and
LCD TV sets
     51   120,184         51   120,184   

Global OLED Technology LLC (*2)

   Herndon,

U.S.A.

   Managing and
licensing OLED
patents
     33     28,732         33     53,282   
          

 

 

      

 

 

 
  148,916      173,466   
          

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(*1) Despite of its 51% ownership, management concluded that the Company does not have control of Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd. (“Raken”) because the Company and AmTRAN Technology Co., Ltd., which has a 49% equity interest of the investee, jointly control the board of directors of the investee through equal voting powers.
(*2) In 2014, the Company recognized an impairment loss of ₩24,550 million for the difference between the carrying amount and the recoverable amount of investments in Global OLED Technology LLC as finance cost.

 

162


Table of Contents
10. Investments, Continued

 

  (c) Investments in associates consist of the following:

 

(In millions of won)                                    
               December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Associates

   Location    Business    Percentage of
ownership
    Book
Value
     Percentage of
ownership
    Book
Value
 

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

   Paju,

South Korea

   Manufacture
electric glass for
FPDs
     40   45,089         40   45,089   

TLI Inc.

   Seongnam,

South Korea

   Manufacture and
sell semiconductor
parts
     10     6,961         10     6,961   

AVACO Co., Ltd.

   Daegu,

South Korea

   Manufacture and
sell equipment for
FPDs
     16     6,021         16     6,021   

New Optics Ltd.

   Yangju,

South Korea

   Manufacture back
light parts
for TFT-
LCDs
     46     14,221         46     14,221   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

   Seongnam,

South Korea

   Develop and
manufacture the
equipment for
FPDs
     13     6,330         13     6,330   

WooRee E&L Co., Ltd.

   Ansan,

South Korea

   Manufacture LED
back light unit
packages
     21     11,900         21     11,900   

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No.16 (*1)

   Seoul,

South Korea

   Invest in small and
middle sized
companies and
benefit from M&A
opportunities
     31     14,065         31     20,939   

Can Yang Investments Limited (*2)

   Hong Kong    Develop,
manufacture and
sell LED parts
     9     9,467         9     17,516   

YAS Co., Ltd.

   Paju,

South Korea

   Develop and
manufacture
deposition
equipment for
OLEDs
     19     10,000         19     10,000   

Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd. (*3)

   Suzhou,

China

   Manufacture LED
Packages
     —          —           20     1,830   

Narenanotech Corporation

   Yongin,

South Korea

   Manufacture and
sell FPD
manufacturing
equipment
     23     30,000         23     30,000   

AVATEC Co., Ltd.

   Daegu,

South Korea

   Process and sell
glass for FPDs
     16     10,600         16     10,600   

Glonix Co., Ltd.

   Gimhae,

South Korea

   Manufacture and
sell LCD
     20     —           20     —     
          

 

 

      

 

 

 
  164,654      181,407   
          

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

163


Table of Contents
10. Investments, Continued

 

(*1) The Company is a member of a limited partnership in the LB Gemini New Growth Fund No.16 (“the Fund”). In January, March, September and December 2014, the Company received ₩1,035 million, ₩921 million, ₩1,596 million and ₩3,646 million respectively, from the Fund as capital distribution and made an additional cash investment of ₩324 million in the fund in March 2014. There was no change in the Company’s ownership percentage in the Fund and the Company is committed to making future investments of up to an aggregate of ₩30,000 million.
(*2) In 2014, the Company recognized an impairment loss of ₩8,049 million as finance cost for the difference between the carrying amount and the recoverable amount of investments in Can Yang Investments Limited which develop, manufactures and sells LED parts.
(*3) In March 2014, the Company disposed of the entire investments in Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd., which manufactures LED Package, for ₩1,634 million and recognized ₩196 million for the difference between the disposal amount and the carrying amount as finance cost.

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the aggregate amount of received dividends from subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are ₩431,592 million and ₩14,276 million, respectively.

 

164


Table of Contents
11. Property, Plant and Equipment

Changes in property, plant and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                          
    Land     Buildings
and
structures
    Machinery
and
equipment
    Furniture
and
fixtures
    Construction-
in-progress
(*1)
    Others     Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2014

  438,375        4,702,736        30,425,132        675,033        2,115,532        195,947        38,552,755   

Accumulated depreciation as of January 1, 2014

    —          (1,338,458     (26,162,867     (603,000     —          (153,690     (28,258,015
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2014

  438,375      3,364,278      4,262,265      72,033      2,115,532      42,257      10,294,740   

Additions

  —        —        —        —        1,329,074      —        1,329,074   

Depreciation

  —        (220,896   (2,578,739   (40,853   —        (14,508   (2,854,996

Impairment loss

  —        —        (8,097   —        —        —        (8,097

Disposals

  (3,778   (9,488   (43,463   (40   —        (12   (56,781

Others (*2)

  4      5,570      2,348,486      37,778      (2,405,593   13,755      —     

Subsidy received

  —        (192   (3,447   —        —        —        (3,639
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2014

434,601      3,139,272      3,977,005      68,918      1,039,013      41,492      8,700,301   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2014

  434,601      4,696,510      32,538,649      706,364      1,039,013      167,330      39,582,467   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2014

—        (1,557,238   (28,553,547   (637,446   —        (125,838   (30,874,069
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2014

—        —        (8,097   —        —        —        (8,097
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) As of December 31, 2014, construction-in-progress relates to construction of manufacturing facilities.
(*2) Others are mainly amounts transferred from construction-in-progress.

 

165


Table of Contents
11. Property, Plant and Equipment, Continued

 

Changes in property, plant and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                          
    Land     Buildings
and
structures
    Machinery
and
equipment
    Furniture
and
fixtures
    Construction-
in-progress
(*1)
    Others     Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2013

  440,992        4,666,537        30,223,060        642,747        896,032        172,540        37,041,908   

Accumulated depreciation as of January 1, 2013

    —          (1,112,321     (23,250,273     (549,029     —          (125,850     (25,037,473
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2013

  440,992      3,554,216      6,972,787      93,718      896,032      46,690      12,004,435   

Additions

  —        —        —        —        1,688,328      —        1,688,328   

Depreciation

  —        (225,608   (3,089,654   (51,550   —        (14,154   (3,380,966

Disposals

  (3,579   (8,521   (3,151   (62   —        —        (15,313

Others (*2)

  962      45,935      382,283      29,927      (468,828   9,721      —     

Subsidy received

  —        (1,744   —        —        —        —        (1,744
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2013

438,375      3,364,278      4,262,265      72,033      2,115,532      42,257      10,294,740   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2013

  438,375      4,702,736      30,425,132      675,033      2,115,532      195,947      38,552,755   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2013

—        (1,338,458   (26,162,867   (603,000   —        (153,690   (28,258,015
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) As of December 31, 2013, construction-in-progress relates to construction of manufacturing facilities.
(*2) Others are mainly amounts transferred from construction-in-progress.

The capitalized borrowing costs and capitalization rate for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)       
     2014     2013  

Capitalized borrowing costs

     27,288        20,470   

Capitalization rate

     4.23     4.56

 

166


Table of Contents
12. Intangible Assets

Changes in intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                                             
     Intellectual
property
rights
    Software     Memberships     Development
costs
    Construction-
in-progress
(software)
    Customer
relationships
    Technology     Goodwill     Others
(*2)
    Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2014

     561,400        476,033        50,110        617,355        9,365        24,011        11,074        14,593        13,076        1,777,017   

Accumulated amortization as of January 1, 2014

     (467,707     (355,101     —          (454,112     —          (12,591     (4,065     —          (12,571     (1,306,147

Accumulated impairment loss as of January 1, 2014

     —          —          (9,250     —          —          —          —          —          —          (9,250
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2014

  93,693      120,932      40,860      163,243      9,365      11,420      7,009      14,593      505      461,620   

Additions - internally developed

  —        —        —        267,081      —        —        —        —        —        267,081   

Additions - external purchases

  17,867      —        —        —        65,443      —        —        —        —        83,310   

Amortization (*1)

  (17,472   (64,187   —        (176,700   —        (3,428   (1,106   —        (433   (263,326

Disposals

  (115   —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        (115

Impairment loss

  —        —        (492   —        —        —        —        —        —        (492

Transfer from construction-in-progress

  —        69,633      —        —        (69,633   —        —        —        —        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2014

93,973      126,378      40,368      253,624      5,175      7,992      5,903      14,593      72      548,078   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2014

579,033      545,666      50,110      884,436      5,175      24,011      11,074      14,593      13,076      2,127,174   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2014

  (485,060   (419,288   —        (630,812   —        (16,019   (5,171   —        (13,004   (1,569,354
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2014

—        —        (9,742   —        —        —        —        —        —        (9,742
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) The Company has classified the amortization as manufacturing overhead costs, selling expenses, administrative expenses, and research and development expenses.
(*2) Others mainly consist of rights to use of electricity and gas supply facilities.

 

167


Table of Contents
12. Intangible Assets, Continued

 

Changes in intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                                             
     Intellectual
property
rights
    Software     Memberships     Development
costs
    Construction-
in-progress
(software)
    Customer
relationships
    Technology     Goodwill     Others
(*2)
    Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2013

   542,895        423,125        50,233        495,120        2,204        24,011        11,074        14,593        13,076        1,576,331   

Accumulated amortization as of January 1, 2013

     (456,699     (273,181     —          (325,944     —          (9,164     (2,958     —          (11,794     (1,079,740

Accumulated Impairment loss as of January 1, 2013

     —          —          (7,928     —          —          —          —          —          —          (7,928
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2013

  86,196      149,944      42,305      169,176      2,204      14,847      8,116      14,593      1,282      488,663   

Additions - internally developed

  —        —        —        123,271      —        —        —        —        —        123,271   

Additions - external purchases

  22,996      —        1,100      —        59,813      —        —        —        —        83,909   

Amortization (*1)

  (15,214   (81,664   —        (128,350   —        (3,427   (1,107   —        (777   (230,539

Impairment loss

  (285   —        (1,215   (854   —        —        —        —        —        (2,354

Disposals

  —        —        (1,330   —        —        —        —        —        —        (1,330

Transfer from construction-in-progress

  —        52,652      —        —        (52,652   —        —        —        —        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2013

93,693      120,932      40,860      163,243      9,365      11,420      7,009      14,593      505      461,620   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2013

561,400      476,033      50,110      617,355      9,365      24,011      11,074      14,593      13,076      1,777,017   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2013

  (467,707   (355,101   —        (454,112   —        (12,591   (4,065   —        (12,571   (1,306,147
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2013

—        —        (9,250   —        —        —        —        —        —        (9,250
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) The Company has classified the amortization as manufacturing overhead costs, selling expenses, administrative expenses, and research and development expenses.
(*2) Others mainly consist of rights to use of electricity and gas supply facilities.

 

168


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments

 

  (a) Credit Risk

 

  (i) Exposure to credit risk

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Cash and cash equivalents

  100,558         253,059   

Deposits in banks

    1,534,036         1,301,189   

Trade accounts and notes receivable, net

    4,015,904         3,543,193   

Other accounts receivable, net

    396,651         59,806   

Available-for-sale financial assets

    3,237         2,838   

Deposits

    13,037         15,282   

Other non-current financial assets

    7,859         8,818   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  6,071,282      5,184,185   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition to the financial assets above, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company provides payment guarantees of ₩148,392 million and ₩7,387 million, respectively, for its subsidiaries.

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade accounts and notes receivable at the reporting date by geographic region is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Domestic

  406,163         264,703   

Euro-zone countries

    283,257         286,445   

Japan

    127,354         116,994   

United States

    1,816,906         1,236,652   

China

    784,896         987,746   

Taiwan

    368,503         422,461   

Others

    228,825         228,192   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  4,015,904      3,543,193   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

169


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (ii) Impairment loss

The aging of trade accounts and notes receivable at the reporting date was as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  
    Book
value
     Impairment
loss
     Book
value
     Impairment
loss
 

Not past due

  4,006,346         (114      3,551,096         (9,890

Past due 1-15 days

    3,061         (25      1,650         (4

Past due 16-30 days

    1,252         (12      112         (1

Past due 31-60 days

    1,830         (18      53         (1

Past due more than 60 days

    13,540         (9,956      180         (2
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  4,026,029      (10,125   3,553,091      (9,898
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of receivables for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Balance at the beginning of the year

  9,898         243   

Bad debt expense

    227         9,655   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

  10,125      9,898   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

170


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (b) Liquidity Risk

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments, as of December 31, 2014.

 

(In millions of won)          Contractual cash flows  
    Carrying
amount
     Total      6 months
or less
     6-12
months
     1-2 years      2-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

                   

Unsecured bank loans

  853,719         869,477         265,408         98,661         391,435         113,355         618   

Unsecured bond issues

    2,594,683         2,799,414         249,662         454,352         1,060,631         1,034,769         —     

Trade accounts and notes payable

    3,989,505         3,989,505         3,989,505         —           —           —           —     

Other accounts payable

    1,043,422         1,043,535         1,030,570         12,965         —           —           —     

Other non-current liabilities

    12,805         13,972         —           —           10,640         3,332         —     

Payment guarantee

    —           154,237         1,161         1,181         2,348         149,547         —     
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  8,494,134      8,870,140      5,536,306      567,159      1,465,054      1,301,003      618   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

It is not expected that the cash flows included in the maturity analysis could occur significantly earlier, or at significantly different amounts.

 

171


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (c) Currency Risk

 

  (i) Exposure to currency risk

The Company’s exposure to foreign currency risk based on notional amounts at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions)    December 31, 2014  
     USD     JPY     CNY     PLN     EUR     BRL  

Cash and cash equivalents

     78        1,150        2        —          —          —     

Trade accounts and notes receivable

     3,332        7,909        —          —          16        —     

Other accounts receivable

     25        13        —          —          —          —     

Long-term other accounts receivable

     6        —          —          —          —          —     

Other assets denominated in foreign currencies

     —          51        —          —          —          —     

Trade accounts and notes payable

     (2,463     (21,474     —          —          —          —     

Other accounts payable

     (106     (3,484     (260     (19     (1     (34

Debt

     (770     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net exposure

  102      (15,835   (258   (19   15      (34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(In millions)    December 31, 2013  
     USD      JPY      PLN      EUR  

Cash and cash equivalents

     199         1,927         1         4   

Deposits in banks

     —           —           —           20   

Trade accounts and notes receivable

     3,091         6,390         —           19   

Other accounts receivable

     7         —           —           —     

Long-term other accounts receivable

     8         —           —           —     

Other assets denominated in foreign currencies

     —           51         —           —     

Trade accounts and notes payable

     (2,703      (24,532      —           —     

Other accounts payable

     (153      (3,210      —           (6

Debt

     (700      —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net exposure

  (251   (19,374   1      37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

172


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

Significant exchange rates applied during the reporting periods are as follows:

 

(In won)   Average rate      Reporting date spot rate  
    2014      2013      December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2013
 

USD

    1,052.70         1,094.79         1,099.20         1,055.30   

JPY

    9.96         11.23         9.20         10.05   

CNY

    170.83         178.06         176.81         174.09   

PLN

    334.20         346.39         312.49         351.11   

EUR

    1,398.37         1,453.39         1,336.52         1,456.26   

BRL

    448.16         509.26         413.62         446.75   

 

  (ii) Sensitivity analysis

A weaker won, as indicated below, against the following currencies which comprise the Company’s assets or liabilities denominated in a foreign currency as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, would have increased (decreased) equity and profit or loss by the amounts shown below. This analysis is based on foreign currency exchange rate variances that the Company considers to be reasonably possible as of the end of the reporting period. The analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, would remain constant. The changes in equity and profit or loss would have been as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
    Equity      Profit
or loss
    Equity      Profit
or loss
 

USD (5 percent weakening)

  4,249         4,249        (10,039      (10,039

JPY (5 percent weakening)

      (5,522      (5,522     (7,377      (7,377

CNY (5 percent weakening)

    (1,729      (1,729     —           —     

PLN (5 percent weakening)

    (225      (225     13         13   

EUR (5 percent weakening)

    760         760        2,042         2,042   

BRL (5 percent weakening)

    (533      (533     —           —     

A stronger won against the above currencies as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 would have had the equal but opposite effect on the above currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.

 

173


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (d) Interest Rate Risk

 

  (i) Profile

The interest rate profile of the Company’s interest-bearing financial instruments at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Fixed rate instruments

    

Financial assets

  1,637,818         1,557,073   

Financial liabilities

      (2,818,383      (3,135,500
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
(1,180,565   (1,578,427
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Variable rate instruments

Financial liabilities

(630,019   (746,189
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (ii) Equity and profit or loss sensitivity analysis for variable rate instruments

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, a change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased (decreased) equity and profit or loss by the amounts shown below for the respective following years. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant.

 

(In millions of won)                           
    Equity      Profit or loss  
    1%
increase
     1%
decrease
     1%
increase
     1%
decrease
 

December 31, 2014

          

Variable rate instruments

    (4,776      4,776         (4,776      4,776   

December 31, 2013

          

Variable rate instruments

  (5,656      5,656         (5,656      5,656   

 

174


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (e) Fair Values

 

  (i) Fair values versus carrying amounts

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the separate statement of financial position, are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
    Carrying
amounts
     Fair
values
    Carrying
amounts
     Fair
values
 

Assets carried at fair value

         

Available-for-sale financial assets

  3,237         3,237        14,119         14,119   

Assets carried at amortized cost

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  100,558              (*)      253,059              (*) 

Deposits in banks

      1,534,036              (*)      1,301,189              (*) 

Trade accounts and notes receivable

    4,015,904              (*)      3,543,193              (*) 

Other accounts receivable

    396,651              (*)      59,806              (*) 

Deposits

    13,037              (*)      15,282              (*) 

Other non-current financial assets

    7,859              (*)      8,818              (*) 

Liabilities carried at amortized cost

         

Secured bank loans

  —           —          26,383         26,383   

Unsecured bank loans

    853,719         853,753        1,220,891         1,245,426   

Unsecured bond issues

    2,594,683         2,667,092        2,634,415         2,689,697   

Trade accounts and notes payable

    3,989,505              (*)      3,482,120              (*) 

Other accounts payable

    1,043,422         1,043,196        1,011,012         1,011,067   

Other non-current liabilities

    12,805         13,257        9,850         9,930   

 

(*) Excluded from disclosures as the carrying amount approximates fair value.

The basis for determining fair values is disclosed in note 4.

 

  (ii) Financial Instruments measured at cost

Available-for-sale financial assets measured at cost as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Intellectual Discovery Co., Ltd.

    2,673         2,673   

Henghao Technology Co., Ltd.

    3,372         —     
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
6,045      2,673   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

175


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (e) Fair Values, Continued

 

(iii) Fair values of financial assets and liabilities

i) Fair value hierarchy

The table below analyzes financial instruments carried at fair value based on the input variables used in the valuation method to measure fair value of assets and liabilities. The different levels have been defined as follows:

 

    Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

    Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly

 

    Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data

ii) Financial instruments measured at fair value

Fair value hierarchy classifications of the financial instruments that are measured at fair value as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

December 31, 2014

          

Assets

          

Available-for-sale financial assets

  3,237         —           —           3,237   
(In millions of won)   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

December 31, 2013

          

Assets

          

Available-for-sale financial assets

    14,119         —           —           14,119   

 

176


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (e) Fair Values, Continued

 

iii) Financial instruments not measured at fair value but for which the fair value is disclosed

Fair value hierarchy classifications, valuation technique and inputs for fair value measurements of the financial instruments not measured at fair value but for which the fair value is disclosed as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2014      Valuation
technique
     Input  

Classification

  Level 1      Level 2      Level 3        

Liabilities

             

Unsecured bank loans

    —           —           853,753        
 
Discounted
cash flow
  
  
     Discount rate   

Unsecured bond issues

    —           —           2,667,092        
 
Discounted
cash flow
  
  
     Discount rate   

Other accounts payable

    —           —           1,043,196        
 
Discounted
cash flow
  
  
     Discount rate   

Other non-current liabilities

    —           —           13,257        
 
Discounted
cash flow
  
  
     Discount rate   
(In millions of won)   December 31, 2013      Valuation
technique
     Input  

Classification

  Level 1      Level 2      Level 3        

Liabilities

             

Secured bank loan

  —           —           26,383        
 
Discounted
cash flow
  
  
     Discount rate   

Unsecured bank loans

    —           —           1,245,426        
 
Discounted
cash flow
  
  
     Discount rate   

Unsecured bond issues

    —           —           2,689,697        
 
Discounted
cash flow
  
  
     Discount rate   

Other accounts payable

    —           —           1,011,067        
 
Discounted
cash flow
  
  
     Discount rate   

Other non-current liabilities

    —           —           9,930        
 
Discounted
cash flow
  
  
     Discount rate   

The significant interest rates applied for determination of the above fair value at the reporting date are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2014   December 31, 2013

Debentures, loans and others

   2.23~2.60%   2.81~3.84%

 

177


Table of Contents
14. Financial Liabilities

 

  (a) Financial liabilities at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Current

    

Short-term borrowings

  219,839         —     

Current portion of long-term debt

    744,283         886,852   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
964,122      886,852   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current

Won denominated borrowings

4,452      503,968   

Foreign currency denominated borrowings

  494,640      495,991   

Bonds

  1,985,188      1,994,878   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  2,484,280      2,994,837   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Short-term borrowings as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won and USD)                   

Lender

   Annual interest rate as of
December 31, 2014 (%)
   December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2013
 

Korea Development Bank and others(*)

   0.49~0.52    219,839         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign currency equivalent

USD 200      —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
  219,839      —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) The Company accounts for proceeds from sale of accounts receivables, which arose from export sales to the Company’s subsidiaries, to financial institutions as short term borrowings as the sale did not meet derecognition criteria. The Company recognized ₩3,993 million as interest expense in relation to the above short-term borrowings in 2014.

 

178


Table of Contents
14. Financial Liabilities, Continued

 

  (c) Won denominated long-term debt at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                  

Lender

   Annual interest rate as of
December 31, 2014 (%)
  December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2013
 

Woori Bank and others

   3-year Korean Treasury Bond
rate less 1.25, 2.75
  7,336         11,932   

Korea Development Bank and others

       —           496,632   

Less current portion of long-term debt

         (2,884      (4,596
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
4,452      503,968   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (d) Foreign currency denominated long-term debt at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                   

Lender

   Annual interest rate as of
December 31, 2014 (%) (*)
   December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2013
 

Mizuho Bank, Ltd. and others

   3ML+0.90~1.90    626,544         738,710   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign currency equivalent

USD 570    USD  700   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less current portion of long-term debt

    (131,904       (242,719
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
494,640      495,991   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) ML represents Month LIBOR (London Inter-Bank Offered Rates).

 

179


Table of Contents
14. Financial Liabilities, Continued

 

  (e) Details of bonds issued and outstanding at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                        
     Maturity    Annual interest rate as
of

December 31, 2014
(%)
   December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2013
 

Won denominated bonds(*)

           

Publicly issued bonds

   June 2015~October 2019    2.40~5.89      2,600,000         2,640,000   

Less discount on bonds

           (5,317      (5,585

Less current portion

           (609,495      (639,537
        

 

 

    

 

 

 
1,985,188      1,994,878   
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) Principal of the won denominated bonds is to be repaid at maturity and interests are paid quarterly in arrears.

 

180


Table of Contents
15. The Nature of Expenses and Others

The classification of expenses by nature for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Changes in inventories

  (460,033      361,303   

Purchases of raw materials, merchandise and others

    11,461,984         11,578,556   

Depreciation and amortization

    3,118,322         3,611,505   

Outsourcing fees

    4,299,529         3,852,996   

Labor costs

    2,486,219         2,191,521   

Supplies and others

    883,981         917,010   

Utility

    718,868         694,407   

Fees and commissions

    393,626         365,780   

Shipping costs

    140,736         222,770   

Advertising

    106,417         144,777   

Warranty expenses

    170,524         99,216   

Travel

    65,423         50,921   

Taxes and dues

    47,347         43,646   

Others

    1,097,546         1,243,107   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

(*)

  24,530,489      25,377,515   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) Total expenses consist of cost of sales, selling, administrative, research and development expenses and other non-operating expenses, excluding foreign exchange differences.

 

181


Table of Contents
16. Selling and Administrative Expenses

Details of selling and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Salaries

  171,615         151,023   

Expenses related to defined benefit plans

    26,864         21,454   

Other employee benefits

    35,620         29,988   

Shipping costs

    100,444         170,450   

Fees and commissions

    122,057         130,863   

Depreciation

    73,571         80,719   

Taxes and dues

    2,906         2,256   

Advertising

    106,417         144,777   

Warranty expenses

    170,524         99,216   

Rent

    9,387         9,346   

Insurance

    5,297         5,168   

Travel

    16,783         15,265   

Training

    11,004         10,516   

Others

    29,984         38,826   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  882,473      909,867   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

182


Table of Contents
17. Employee Benefits

The Company’s defined benefit plans provide a lump-sum payment to an employee based on final salary rates and length of service at the time the employee leaves the Company.

The defined benefit plans expose the Company to actuarial risks, such as the risk associated with expected periods of service, interest rate risk, market (investment) risk, and others with the defined benefit plan.

 

  (a) Recognized net defined benefit liabilities at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Present value of partially funded defined benefit obligations

    1,114,219         807,347   

Fair value of plan assets

    (790,509      (488,651
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
323,710      318,696   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Opening defined benefit obligations

  807,347         672,032   

Current service cost

    158,978         149,392   

Past service cost

    21,990         —     

Interest cost

    34,596         26,019   

Remeasurements (before tax)

    144,100         (1,373

Benefit payments

    (54,376      (40,730

Transfers from related parties

    1,584         2,007   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing defined benefit obligations

  1,114,219      807,347   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average remaining maturity of defined benefit obligations as of December 31, 2014, and 2013 are 13.7 years and 13.4 years, respectively.

 

  (c) Changes in fair value of plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Opening fair value of plan assets

  488,651         491,730   

Expected return on plan assets

    19,069         16,545   

Remeasurements (before tax)

    (3,722      6   

Contributions by employer directly to plan assets

      330,000         15,000   

Benefit payments

    (43,489      (34,630
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing fair value of plan assets

790,509      488,651   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

183


Table of Contents
17. Employee Benefits, Continued

 

  (d) Plan assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Guaranteed deposits in banks

    790,509         488,651   

As of December 31, 2014, the Company maintains the plan assets with Mirae Asset Securities Co., Ltd., Shinhan Bank, etc.

The Company’s estimated contribution to the plan assets for the year ending December 31, 2015 is ₩107,291 million under the assumption that the Company continues to maintain the plan assets at 70% of the amount payable and all the employees of the Company would leave the Company on December 31, 2015.

 

  (e) Expenses recognized in profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Current service cost

  158,978         149,392   

Past service cost

    21,990         —     

Net interest cost

    15,527         9,474   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  196,495      158,866   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expenses are recognized in the following line items in the separate statements of comprehensive income.

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Cost of sales

    157,323         126,712   

Selling expenses

    11,612         10,194   

Administrative expenses

    15,252         11,260   

Research and development expenses

    12,308         10,700   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
196,495      158,866   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

184


Table of Contents
17. Employee Benefits, Continued

 

  (f) Remeasurements of net defined benefit liabilities (assets) included in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Included in other comprehensive income

    

Balance at January 1

  (85,261      (86,306

Remeasurements

    

Actuarial profit or loss arising from:

    

Experience adjustment

    (24,399      (33,447

Demographic assumptions

    7,016         (3,791

Financial assumptions

    (126,717      38,611   

Return on plan assets

    (3,722      6   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
    (147,822   1,379   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax

  35,773      (334
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

(197,310   (85,261
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (g) Principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (expressed as weighted averages) are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  

Expected rate of salary increase

     5.1     5.1

Discount rate for defined benefit obligations

     3.5     4.4

Assumptions regarding future mortality are based on published statistics and mortality tables. The current mortality underlying the values of the liabilities in the defined benefit plans are as follows:

 

          December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  

Twenties

  

Males

     0.01     0.01
  

Females

     0.00     0.00

Thirties

  

Males

     0.01     0.01
  

Females

     0.01     0.01

Forties

  

Males

     0.03     0.03
  

Females

     0.01     0.01

Fifties

  

Males

     0.06     0.06
  

Females

     0.03     0.03

 

  (h) Reasonably possible changes to respective relevant actuarial assumptions would have affected the defined benefit obligations by the amounts as of December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

    Defined benefit obligation  
    1% increase      1% decrease  

Discount rate for defined benefit obligations

    (132,479      162,165   

Expected rate of salary increase

    157,968         (131,892

 

185


Table of Contents
18. Provisions and Other Liabilities

 

  (a) Changes in provisions for the year ended December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                           
    Litigations
and claims
(*1)
     Warranties
(*2)
     Others      Total  

Balance of January 1, 2014

  156,557         46,342         1,843         204,742   

Additions

    46,681         170,524         —           217,205   

Usage and reclassification

    (54,935      (165,357      (212      (220,504
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  148,303      51,509      1,631      201,443   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current

148,303      43,495      1,631      193,429   

Non-current

—        8,014      —        8,014   

 

(*1) The Company expects that the provision for litigation and claims will be utilized in the next year.
(*2) The provision for warranties covers defective products and is normally applicable for eighteen months from the date of purchase. The warranty liability is calculated by using historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and costs per claim to satisfy the Company’s warranty obligation.

 

  (b) Other liabilities at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Current liabilities

    

Withholdings

  18,230         26,111   

Unearned revenues

    12,395         4,732   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  30,625      30,843   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

Long-term accrued expenses

—        335,034   

Long-term other accounts payable

  12,805      39,530   

Long-term unearned revenues

  8,623      7,494   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
21,428      382,058   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

186


Table of Contents
19. Commitments

Factoring and securitization of accounts receivable

The Company has agreements with Korea Development Bank and several other banks for accounts receivable sales negotiating facilities of up to an aggregate of USD 2,058 million (₩2,262,681 million) in connection with the Company’s export sales transactions with its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2014, accounts and notes receivable amounting to USD 200 million (₩219,839 million) were sold but are not past due. In connection with all of the contracts in this paragraph, the Company has sold its accounts receivable with recourse.

The Company has a credit facility agreement with Shinhan Bank pursuant to which the Company could sell its accounts receivables up to an aggregate of ₩100,000 million in connection with its domestic sales transactions and, as of December 31, 2014, no accounts and notes receivable sold to Shinhan Bank were outstanding in connection with the agreement. In connection with the contract above, the Company has sold its accounts receivable without recourse.

Letters of credit

As of December 31, 2014, the Company has agreements with Korea Exchange Bank in relation to the opening of letters of credit up to USD 15 million (₩16,488 million), USD 15 million (₩16,488 million) with China Construction Bank, USD 80 million (₩87,936 million) with Bank of China, USD 60 million (₩65,952 million) with Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation and USD 30 million (₩32,976 million) with Hana Bank.

Payment guarantees

The Company obtained payment guarantees from Korea Exchange Bank for borrowings amounting to USD 200 million (₩219,840 million) and USD 8.5 million (₩9,343 million) from Royal Bank of Scotland for value added tax payments in Poland. In addition, the Company provides a payment guarantee in connection with the term loan credit facilities of LG Display Yantai, Co., Ltd. amounting to USD 135 million (₩148,392 million) for principals and related interests.

License agreements

As of December 31, 2014, in relation to its TFT-LCD business, the Company has technical license agreements with Hitachi Display, Ltd. and others and has a trademark license agreement with LG Corp.

Long-term supply agreement

In connection with long-term supply agreements, as of December 31, 2014, the Company’s balance of advances received from a customer amount to USD 405 million (₩445,183 million) in aggregate. The advances received will be offset against outstanding accounts receivable balances after a given period of time, as well as those arising from the supply of products thereafter. The Company received a payment guarantee amounting to USD 140 million (₩153,888 million) from the Industrial Bank of Korea relating to advances received.

 

187


Table of Contents
20. Legal Proceedings

Delaware Display Group LLC and Innovative Display Technologies LLC

In December 2013, Delaware Display Group LLC and Innovative Display Technologies LLC filed a patent infringement case against the Company and LG Display America, Inc. in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. The Company does not have a present obligation for this matter and has not recognized any provision at December 31, 2014. It is not possible to reasonably estimate an amount of potential loss, if any, because the plaintiffs have not provided any information regarding damages.

Surpass Tech Innovation LLC

In March 2014, Surpass Tech Innovation LLC filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware against the Company and LG Display America, Inc. for alleged patent infringement. In November 2014, the case has been stayed by the United States District Court for the District of Delaware pending Inter Partes Review. The Company does not have a present obligation for this matter and has not recognized any provision at December 31, 2014. It is not possible to reasonably estimate an amount of potential loss, if any, because the plaintiffs have not provided any information regarding damages.

Anti-trust litigations

Certain individual plaintiffs filed complaints in various state or federal courts in the United States alleging violation of the respective antitrust laws and related laws by various LCD panel manufacturers. To date the Company is currently defending against Direct Action Plaintiffs including Motorola Mobility, Inc., Electrograph Technologies Corp. and its affiliates, TracFone Wireless Inc., Costco Wholesale Corp., Office Depot, Inc., Interbond Corp. of America (BrandsMart), P.C. Richard & Son Long Island Corp., MARTA Cooperative of America, Inc., ABC Appliance (ABC Warehouse), Schultze Agency Services, LLC (Tweeter), AASI Creditor Liquidating Trust for All American Semiconductor Inc., Tech Data Corp. and its affiliates, CompuCom Systems, Inc., NECO Alliance LLC and the attorney general of Illinois. The timing and amounts of outflows are uncertain and the outcomes depend upon the various court proceedings.

In Canada, class action complaints alleging violations of Canada competition laws were filed in 2007 against the Company and other TFT-LCD manufacturers in Ontario, British Columbia and Quebec. The Ontario Superior Court of Justice certified the class action complaints filed by the direct and indirect purchasers in May 2011. The Company is pursuing an appeal of the class certification decision. The actions in Quebec and British Columbia are in abeyance. The timing and amount of outflows are uncertain and the outcome depends upon the court proceedings.

While the Company continues its vigorous defense of the various pending proceedings described above, management’s assessment of the facts and circumstances could change based upon new information, intervening events and the final outcome of the cases. Consequently, the actual results could be materially different from management’s current estimates.

 

188


Table of Contents
21. Capital and Reserves

 

  (a) Share capital

The Company is authorized to issue 500,000,000 shares of capital stock (par value ₩5,000), and as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the number of issued common shares is 357,815,700. There have been no changes in the capital stock from January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2014.

 

  (b) Reserves

Reserve is comprised of the fair value reserve which is the cumulative net change in the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets until the investments are derecognized or impaired.

 

22. Retained Earnings

 

  (a) Retained earnings at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Legal reserve

  140,594         140,594   

Other reserve

    68,251         68,251   

Defined benefit plan actuarial loss

    (197,310      (85,261

Retained earnings

    6,572,072         5,598,954   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  6,583,607      5,722,538   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, details of the Company’s appropriations of retained earnings are as follows:

 

(In millions of won, except for cash dividend per common stock)                 
        2014      2013  

Retained earnings before appropriations

      

Unappropriated retained earnings carried over from prior year

    5,598,954         5,499,282   

Net income

      973,118         99,672   
   

 

 

    

 

 

 
  6,572,072      5,598,954   

Appropriation of retained earnings (*)

Earned surplus reserve

  17,891      —     

Cash dividend

(Dividend per common stock (%): 2014: ₩500 (10%))

  178,908      —     
   

 

 

    

 

 

 
  196,799      —     

Unappropriated retained earnings carried forward to the following year

  6,375,273      5,598,954   
   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the date of appropriation is March 13, 2015 and March 7, 2014, respectively.

 

189


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties

 

  (a) Related parties

Related parties for the year ended December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

Classification

  

Description

Subsidiaries(*)

  

LG Display America, Inc. and others

Associates and joint ventures(*)

  

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd. and others

Subsidiaries of Associates

  

ADP System Co., Ltd.

Entity that has significant influence over the Company

  

LG Electronics Inc.

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Company

  

Subsidiaries of LG Electronics Inc.

 

(*) Details of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures are described in note 10.

Related parties that have transactions such as sales or balance of trade accounts and notes receivable and payable with the Company excluding subsidiaries, associates, and joint ventures for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

Classification

  

December 31, 2014

  

December 31, 2013

Subsidiaries of associates

 

  

ADP System Co., Ltd.

 

  

ADP System Co., Ltd.

 

 

  

 

  

 

Entity that has significant influence over the Company

 

LG Electronics Inc.

 

LG Electronics Inc.

 

 

  

 

  

 

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Company

Hi Business Logistics Co., Ltd.

Hi Business Logistics Co., Ltd.

Hiplaza Co., Ltd.

Hiplaza Co., Ltd.

Hi Entech Co., Ltd.

Hi Entech Co., Ltd.

LG Hitachi Water Solutions Co., Ltd.

LG Hitachi Water Solutions Co., Ltd.

LG Innotek Co., Ltd.

LG Innotek Co., Ltd.

Hanuri Co., Ltd.

Hanuri Co., Ltd.

Hi M Solutek

-

Qingdao LG Inspur Digital Communication Co., Ltd.

Qingdao LG Inspur Digital Communication Co., Ltd.

Hi Logistics Europe B.V

Hi Logistics Europe B.V.

LG Innotek Poland Sp. z o.o.

LG Innotek Poland Sp. z o.o.

-

LG Innotek (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd

LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.

LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.

LG Electronics Vietnam Haiphong Co., Ltd.

-

LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.

LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.

LG Electronics RUS, LLC

LG Electronics RUS, LLC

LG Electronics Nanjing Display Co., Ltd.

LG Electronics Nanjing Display Co., Ltd.

 

190


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties, Continued

 

Classification

  

December 31, 2014

  

December 31, 2013

  

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

  

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

  

LG Electronics do Brasil Ltda.

  

LG Electronics do Brasil Ltda.

  

LG Electronics (Kunshan) Computer Co., Ltd.

  

LG Electronics (Kunshan) Computer Co., Ltd.

  

-

  

LG Electronics (Hangzhou) Co., Ltd.

  

LG Electronics Alabama Inc.

  

-

  

LG Electronics Reynosa S.A. DE C.V.

  

-

  

LG Electronics Singapore PTE LTD.

  

-

  

LG Electronics Japan, Inc.

  

-

  

LG Electronics Philippines Inc.

  

-

  

P.T. LG Electronics Indonesia

  

-

 

  (b) Key management personnel compensation

Compensation costs of key management for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Short-term benefits

  2,607         2,591   

Expenses related to the defined benefit plan

    355         1,139   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  2,962      3,730   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Key management refers to the registered directors who have significant control and responsibilities over the Company’s operations and business.

 

191


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties, Continued

 

  (c) Significant transactions such as sales of goods and purchases of raw material and outsourcing service and others, which occurred in the normal course of business with related parties for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   2014  
                  Purchase and others  
    Sales
and others
     Dividend
Income
     Purchase of raw
material and
others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Other costs  

Subsidiaries

                

LG Display America, Inc.

  9,152,108         —           3         —           —           7   

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

    1,599,585         —           —           —           —           88   

LG Display Germany GmbH

    2,971,423         22,766         —           —           —           7,138   

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

    2,178,463         35,956         —           —           —           638   

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

    2,170         19,363         15         391         392,527         —     

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

    2,357,326         —           —           —           —           116   

LG Display Poland Sp. z o.o.

    496         37,124         60         —           73,652         —     

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd.

    31,984         301,935         14,661         —           2,069,655         5,583   

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

    2,002,633         —           —           —           —           321   

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

    30,401         —           9,872         —           904,422         2,021   

LG Display China Co., Ltd.

    31,522         —           172,866         —           —           23   

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited

    505         —           —           —           9,464         —     

LG Display U.S.A., Inc.

    78,128         —           —           —           —           —     

LG Display Singapore PTE LTD.

    1,200,847         13,390         —           —           —           234   

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

    469,180         —           19         —           —           355   

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

    44         —           —           —           331         7,916   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  22,106,815      430,534      197,496      391      3,450,051      24,440   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

192


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)   2014  
                  Purchase and others  
    Sales
and others
     Dividend
Income
     Purchase of raw
material and
others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Other costs  

Joint Venture

                

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

  190,780         —           —           —           101,830         —     

Global OLED Technology LLC

    —           —           —           —           —           2,045   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
190,780      —        —        —        101,830      2,045   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Associates and their subsidiaries

New Optics Ltd.

579      —        56,412      —        11,057      2,015   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

  —        —        413      16,647      —        722   

TLI Inc.

  —        —        76,047      —        —        2,753   

AVACO Co., Ltd.

  41      —        1,520      46,671      —        3,673   

AVATEC Co., Ltd.

  —        265      143      —        92,353      360   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

  —        —        600,655      —        —        3,097   

Narenanotech Corporation

  —        180      519      8,873      —        1,403   

Glonix Co., Ltd.

  —        —        21,344      —        —        315   

ADP System Co., Ltd.

  —        —        1,810      1,263      —        497   

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No. 16

  —        613      —        —        —        —     

YAS Co., Ltd.

  —        —        734      21,614      —        460   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
620      1,058      759,597      95,068      103,410      15,295   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Entity that has significant influence over the Company

LG Electronics Inc.

  1,657,634      —        60,002      168,395      —        70,189   

 

193


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)   2014  
                  Purchase and others  
    Sales
and others
     Dividend
Income
     Purchase of raw
material and
others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Other costs  

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Company

                

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

  117,075         —           —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.

    36,204         —           —           —           —           2   

LG Electronics Vietnam Haiphong Co., Ltd.

    19,476         —           —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.

    68,212         —           —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics RUS, LLC

    25,945         —           —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics do Brasil Ltda.

    8,083         —           —           —           —           502   

LG Electronics (Kunshan) Computer Co., Ltd.

    15,968         —           —           —           —           —     

Hi Business Logistics Co., Ltd.

    41         —           —           —           —           29,788   

LG Innotek Co., Ltd.

    3,514         —           509,352         —           —           2,791   

LG Hitachi Water Solutions Co., Ltd.

    —           —           —           29,827         —           —     

Qingdao LG Inspur Digital Communication Co., Ltd.

    173,821         —           —           —           —           —     

Hi Entech Co., Ltd.

    —           —           —           —           —           25,676   

Others

    10         —           810         —           —           5,322   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
468,349      —        510,162      29,827      —        64,081   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  24,424,198      431,592      1,527,257      293,681      3,655,291      176,050   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

194


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)   2013  
                  Purchase and others  
    Sales
and others
     Dividend
Income
     Purchase of raw
material and
others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Other costs  

Subsidiaries

                

LG Display America, Inc.

  7,781,246         —           51         —           —           9   

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

    2,018,780         —           —           —           —           18   

LG Display Germany GmbH

    3,547,947         —           106         —           —           1,611   

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

    2,062,541         —           17         —           —           350   

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

    3,543         —           52         —           449,075         —     

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

    2,752,610         —           2         —           —           257   

LG Display Poland Sp. z o.o.

    1,177         —           96         —           82,375         128   

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd.

    —           —           17,373         —           2,230,559         4,184   

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

    2,230,943         —           —           —           —           36   

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

    27,076         —           4,673         —           461,919         836   

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited

    26,932         —           —           —           8,199         —     

LG Display U.S.A., Inc.

    97,940         —           —           —           —           —     

LG Display Singapore PTE LTD.

    1,382,368         —           44         —           —           —     

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

    446,754         —           10         —           —           —     

Image&Materials, Inc.

    —           —           —           189         —           —     

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

    —           —           —           —           —           4,865   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  22,379,857      —        22,424      189      3,232,127      12,294   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Joint Venture

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

480,897      12,804      —        —        166,571      2   

 

195


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)   2013  
                  Purchase and others  
    Sales
and others
     Dividend
Income
     Purchase of raw
material and
others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Other costs  

Associates and their subsidiaries

                

New Optics Ltd.

  —           —           76,929         —           2,470         6,315   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

    —           —           666         8,743         —           3,102   

TLI Inc.

    —           —           58,881         —           —           1,473   

AVACO Co., Ltd.

    —           —           665         44,040         —           4,712   

AVATEC Co., Ltd.

    —           292         23         —           61,738         3,897   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

    —           —           734,714         —           —           4,713   

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No. 16

    —           880         —           —           —           —     

Narenanotech Corporation

    —           300         328         2,061         —           412   

Glonix Co., Ltd

    —           —           5,209         —           —           115   

ADP System Co., Ltd.

    —           —           924         1,524         —           692   

YAS Co., Ltd.

    —           —           1,941         82,483         —           855   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
—        1,472      880,280      138,851      64,208      26,286   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Entity that has significant influence over the Company

LG Electronics Inc.

  1,350,965      —        39,237      208,531      —        38,204   

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Company

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

108,084      —        —        —        —        —     

 

196


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)   2013  
                  Purchase and others  
    Sales
and others
     Dividend
Income
     Purchase of raw
material and
others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Other costs  

LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.

  42,366         —           —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.

    69,674         —           —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Nanjing Display Co., Ltd.

    6,010         —           —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics RUS, LLC

    9,622         —           —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics do Brasil Ltda.

    9,909         —           —           —           —           —     

Hi Business Logistics Co., Ltd.

    41         —           —           —           —           30,611   

Hi Logistics Europe B.V.

    —           —           —           —           —           3,182   

LG Innotek Co., Ltd.

    6,139         —           448,794         —           —           5,109   

LG Innotek Poland Sp. z o.o.

    —           —           6,442         —           —           161   

LG Innotek (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd.

    —           —           5,937         —           —           —     

LG Hitachi Water Solutions Co., Ltd.

    —           —           —           29,344         —           —     

Qingdao LG Inspur Digital Communication Co., Ltd.

    23,714         —           —           —           —           —     

Others

    132         —           2,229         —           —           1,118   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
275,691      —        463,402      29,344      —        40,181   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  24,487,410      14,276      1,405,343      376,915      3,462,906      116,967   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

197


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties, Continued

 

  (d) Trade accounts and notes receivable and payable as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)      
    Trade accounts and notes receivable
and others
     Trade accounts and notes payable
and others
 
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013      December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Subsidiaries

          

LG Display America, Inc.

  1,810,674         1,211,404         —           1   

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

    128,248         117,041         —           4   

LG Display Germany GmbH

    306,277         285,711         6,312         861   

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

    368,188         421,799         52         18,960   

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

    19,732         439         86,499         57,614   

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

    311,532         401,209         20         14   

LG Display Poland Sp. z o.o.

    131         197         10,746         12,426   

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd.

    307,469         620         772,702         754,373   

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

    260,602         340,174         —           5   

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

    2,214         614         447,994         120,468   

LG Display China Co., Ltd.

    —           —           12,147         —     

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited

    —           41         —           4,889   

LG Display U.S.A., Inc.

    4,397         15,154         2,923         —     

LG Display Singapore PTE LTD.

    106,506         117,513         —           —     

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Limited

    —           20,066         —           —     

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

    81,898         79,701         199,470         198,968   

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

    —           —           1,077         806   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  3,707,868      3,011,683      1,539,942      1,169,389   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

198


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)      
    Trade accounts and notes receivable
and others
     Trade accounts and notes payable
and others
 
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013      December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Joint Venture

    

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

  27,750         66,855         —           104,119   

Global OLED Technology LLC

    —           —           505         —     
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
27,750      66,855      505      104,119   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Associates and their subsidiaries

New Optics Ltd.

440      —        14,785      8,998   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

  —        —        2,471      1,649   

TLI Inc.

  —        —        14,086      10,418   

AVACO Co., Ltd.

  —        —        12,700      15,291   

AVATEC Co., Ltd.

  —        —        10,645      10,041   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

  —        —        82,792      108,379   

Narenanotech Corporation

  —        —        1,532      1,766   

Glonix Co., Ltd.

  —        —        1,752      1,987   

ADP System Co., Ltd.

  —        —        1,822      1,410   

YAS Co., Ltd.

  —        —        7,300      17,156   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
440      —        149,885      177,095   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Entity that has significant influence over the Company

LG Electronics Inc.

  379,977      239,504      110,281      74,085   

 

199


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)      
    Trade accounts and notes receivable
and others
     Trade accounts and notes payable
and others
 
    December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013      December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Company

          

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

  13,825         7,414         —           —     

LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.

    —           8,827         —           —     

LG Electronics Vietnam Haiphong Co., Ltd.

    13,491         —           —           —     

LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.

    17,792         10,141         —           —     

LG Innotek Co., Ltd.

    4         3         84,931         84,727   

LG Hitachi Water Solutions Co., Ltd.

    —           —           7,079         —     

Qingdao LG Inspur Digital Communication Co., Ltd.

    65,641         22,948         —           —     

Hi Entech Co., Ltd.

    —           —           5,954         —     

Others

    7,082         975         5,008         7,068   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
117,835      50,308      102,972      91,795   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  4,233,870      3,368,350      1,903,585      1,616,483   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

200


Table of Contents
24. Revenue

Details of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Sales of goods

  25,331,787         25,791,484   

Royalties

    14,582         19,405   

Others

    37,301         43,294   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  25,383,670      25,854,183   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

25. Other Non-operating Income and Other Non-operating Expenses

 

  (a) Details of other non-operating income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Rental income

  3,550         4,072   

Foreign currency gain

    787,972         829,122   

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    18,248         8,258   

Reversal of impairment on intangible assets

    —           296   

Commission earned

    3,001         3,596   

Others (*)

    49,396         5,526   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  862,167      850,870   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) A gain amounting to ₩34,804 million as a result of the Company’s success in its appeal against the fining decision of the Korea Fair Trade Commission is included.

 

  (b) Details of other non-operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Other bad debt expense

  283         29   

Foreign currency loss

    767,369         754,227   

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    2,204         621   

Loss on disposal of intangible assets

    115         452   

Impairment loss on property, plant and equipment

    8,097         —     

Impairment loss on intangible assets

    492         1,626   

Donations

    11,597         16,267   

Expenses related to legal proceedings or claims and others

    108,821         257,887   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  898,978      1,031,109   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

201


Table of Contents
26. Personnel Expenses

Details of personnel expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Salaries and wages

  2,040,568         1,795,049   

Other employee benefits

    280,717         272,981   

Contributions to National Pension plan

    64,077         61,788   

Expenses related to defined benefit plan

    196,495         158,866   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  2,581,857      2,288,684   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

27. Finance Income and Finance Costs

 

  (a) Finance income and costs recognized in profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Finance income

    

Interest income

  43,001         29,754   

Dividend income

    431,874         14,582   

Foreign currency gain

    3,671         22,762   

Gain on disposal of investments

    —           38   

Gain on disposal of available-for-sale financial assets

    775         —     
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
479,321      67,136   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance costs

Interest expense

107,260      161,930   

Foreign currency loss

  53,277      75,797   

Loss on early redemption of debt

  6,986      2,179   

Loss on impairment of investments

  32,599      12,823   

Loss on disposal of investments

  5,434      1,161   

Loss on sale of trade accounts and notes receivable

  52      132   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  205,608      254,022   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Finance income and costs recognized in other comprehensive income or loss for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets

  767         776   

Tax effect

      (186      (188
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance income recognized in other comprehensive income after tax

581      588   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

202


Table of Contents
28. Income Taxes

 

  (a) Details of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Current tax expense

    

Current year

  160,952         4,762   

Adjustment for prior years

    —           31,809   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
160,952      36,571   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

(4,627   34,813   

Change in unrecognized deferred tax assets

  92,249      215,369   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
  87,622      250,182   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense

  248,574      286,753   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Income taxes recognized directly in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   2014  
    Before tax      Tax (expense)
benefit
     Net of tax  

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets

  767         (186      581   

Remeasurements of net defined benefit liabilities (assets)

    (147,822      35,773         (112,049
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  (147,055   35,587      (111,468
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
(In millions of won)   2013  
    Before tax      Tax (expense)
benefit
     Net of tax  

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets

  776         (188      588   

Remeasurements of net defined benefit liabilities (assets)

    1,379         (334      1,045   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
2,155      (522   1,633   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

203


Table of Contents
28. Income Taxes, Continued

 

  (c) Reconciliation of the actual effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   2014     2013  

Profit for the year

    973,118          99,672   

Income tax expense

      248,574          286,753   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

    1,221,692      386,425   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income tax expense using the Company’s statutory tax rate

  24.20   295,649      24.20   93,515   

Non-deductible expenses (benefits)

  (2.38 %)    (29,059   1.94   7,495   

Tax credits

  (9.47 %)    (115,659   (12.95 %)    (50,032

Change in unrecognized deferred tax assets

  7.56   92,249      55.73   215,369   

Adjustment for prior years

  —        —        4.37   16,877   

Others

  0.44   5,394      0.91   3,529   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Actual income tax expense

248,574      286,753   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Actual effective tax rate

  20.35   74.21

 

29. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

 

  (a) Unrecognized deferred tax liabilities

As of December 31, 2014, in relation to the temporary differences on investments in subsidiaries amounting to ₩210,319 million, the Company did not recognize deferred tax liabilities since the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

204


Table of Contents
29. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities, Continued

 

  (b) Unused tax credit carryforwards for which no deferred tax asset is recognized

Realization of deferred tax assets related to tax credit carryforwards is dependent on whether sufficient taxable income will be generated prior to their expiration. As of December 31, 2014, the Company recognized deferred tax assets of ₩397,105 million, in relation to tax credit carryforwards, to the extent that management believes the realization is probable. The amount of unused tax credit carryforwards for which no deferred tax asset is recognized and their expiration dates are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                  
    December 31,  
    2015      2016      2017      2018      2019  

Tax credit carryforwards

    156,178         120,893         20,455         21,715         6,005   

 

  (c) Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

 

(In millions of won)   Assets      Liabilities     Total  
    December, 31,
2014
     December, 31,
2013
     December, 31,
2014
    December, 31,
2013
    December, 31,
2014
    December, 31,
2013
 

Other accounts receivable, net

  —           —           (3,440     (2,476     (3,440     (2,476

Inventories, net

    44,543         17,500         —          —          44,543        17,500   

Available-for-sale financial assets

    —           98         (88     —          (88     98   

Defined benefit liabilities, net

      112,213         72,709         —          —          112,213        72,709   

Accrued expenses

    173,635         81,193         —          —          173,635        81,193   

Property, plant and equipment

    129,370         102,651         —          —          129,370        102,651   

Intangible assets

    1,423         —           —          (1,207     1,423        (1,207

Provisions

    12,710         11,460         —          —          12,710        11,460   

Gain or loss on foreign currency translation, net

    169         282         (1     (957     168        (675

Others

    16,326         5,908         —          —          16,326        5,908   

Tax losses carryforwards

    —           110,550         —          —          —          110,550   

Tax credit carryforwards

    397,105         538,289         —          —          397,105        538,289   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

887,494      940,640      (3,529   (4,640   883,965      936,000   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

205


Table of Contents
29. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities, Continued

 

  (d) Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   January 1,
2013
    Profit or
loss
    Other
Comprehensive
income
    December 31,
2013
    Profit or
loss
    Other
Comprehensive
income
    December 31,
2014
 

Other accounts receivable, net

  (2,063     (413     —          (2,476     (964     —          (3,440

Inventories, net

    8,903        8,597        —          17,500        27,043        —          44,543   

Available-for-sale financial assets

    285        1        (188     98        —          (186     (88

Defined benefit Liabilities, net

    38,573        34,470        (334     72,709        3,731        35,773        112,213   

Accrued expenses

    79,321        1,872        —          81,193        92,442        —          173,635   

Property, plant and equipment

    81,832        20,819        —          102,651        26,719        —          129,370   

Intangible assets

    2,488        (3,695     —          (1,207     2,630        —          1,423   

Provisions

    12,979        (1,519     —          11,460        1,250        —          12,710   

Gain or loss on foreign currency translation, net

    4,382        (5,057     —          (675     843        —          168   

Others

    27,336        (21,428     —          5,908        10,418        —          16,326   

Tax losses carryforwards

    233,139        (122,589     —          110,550        (110,550     —          —     

Tax credit carryforwards

    699,529        (161,240     —          538,289        (141,184     —          397,105   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

  1,186,704      (250,182   (522   936,000      (87,622   35,587      883,965   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Statutory tax rate applicable to the Company to calculate tax base and deferred tax expense is 24.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

206


Table of Contents
30. Earnings per Share

 

  (a) Basic earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

(In won and No. of shares)   2014      2013  

Profit for the period

    973,118,312,897         99,671,926,545   

Weighted-average number of common stocks outstanding

    357,815,700         357,815,700   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share

2,720      279   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no events or transactions that resulted in changes in the number of common stocks used for calculating earnings per share from January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2014.

 

  (b) Diluted earnings per share are not calculated since there was no potential common stock for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

31. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
    2014      2013  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Changes in other accounts payable arising from the purchase of property, plant and equipment

    (63,276      (1,305,849

 

207


Table of Contents

Independent Accountants’ Review Report on Internal Accounting Control System

English translation of a Report Originally Issued in Korean

To the President of

LG Display Co., Ltd.:

We have reviewed the accompanying Report on the Operation of Internal Accounting Control System (“IACS”) of LG Display Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014. The Company’s management is responsible for designing and maintaining effective IACS and for its assessment of the effectiveness of IACS. Our responsibility is to review management’s assessment and issue a report based on our review. In the accompanying report of management’s assessment of IACS, the Company’s management stated: “Based on the assessment on the operations of the IACS, the Company’s IACS has been effectively designed and is operating as of December 31, 2014, in all material respects, in accordance with the IACS Framework issued by the Internal Accounting Control System Operation Committee.”

We conducted our review in accordance with IACS Review Standards, issued by the Korean Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those Standards require that we plan and perform the review to obtain assurance of a level less than that of an audit as to whether Report on the Operations of Internal Accounting Control System is free of material misstatement. Our review consists principally of obtaining an understanding of the Company’s IACS, inquiries of company personnel about the details of the report, and tracing to related documents we considered necessary in the circumstances. We have not performed an audit and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.

A company’s IACS is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of separate financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, however, IACS may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Based on our review, nothing has come to our attention that Report on the Operations of Internal Accounting Control System as of December 31, 2014 is not prepared in all material respects, in accordance with IACS Framework issued by the Internal Accounting Control System Operation Committee.

This report applies to the Company’s IACS in existence as of December 31, 2014. We did not review the Company’s IACS subsequent to December 31, 2014. This report has been prepared for Korean regulatory purposes, pursuant to the External Audit Law, and may not be appropriate for other purposes or for other users.

KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp.

Seoul, Korea

February 17, 2015

Notice to Readers

This report is annexed in relation to the audit of the separate financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and the review of internal accounting control system pursuant to Article 2-3 of the Act on External Audit for Stock Companies of the Republic of Korea.

 

208


Table of Contents

Report on the Operation of Internal Accounting Control System

English translation of a Report Originally Issued in Korean

To the Board of Directors and Audit Committee of LG Display Co., Ltd.

We, as the Internal Accounting Control System (“IACS”) Officer and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of LG Display (“the Company”), assessed the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s ICFR as of December 31, 2014.

The Company’s management, including myself, is responsible for designing and operating an IACS. We assessed the design and operational effectiveness of the IACS in the prevention and detection of an error or fraud which may cause a misstatement in the preparation and disclosure of reliable separate financial statements. We followed the IACS Framework to evaluate the effectiveness of the IACS design and operation.

Based on the assessment results, we believe that the Company’s IACS, as of December 31, 2014, is effectively designed and operating, in all material respects, in conformity with the IACS Framework issued by the Internal Accounting Control System Operation Committee.

January 19, 2015

Sangdon Kim

Internal Control over Financial Reporting Officer

Sang Beom Han

Chief Executive Officer

 

209


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

LG Display Co., Ltd.
(Registrant)
Date: March 30, 2015 By:

/s/ Heeyeon Kim

(Signature)
Name:

Heeyeon Kim

Title: Head of IR / Vice President

 

210